From f3bee4c64d0e4141fa12f3d833d89ba2dd9db6e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Tue, 15 Sep 2020 11:56:15 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 52 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 10 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 5 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 5 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 5 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 7 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 15 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 80 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 19 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 965 ++++++++++++++++---- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 17 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 76 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 66 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 94 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 61 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 9 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 95 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 30 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 38 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 47 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 404 ++++---- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 34 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 40 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 301 +++--- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 116 +-- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 266 +++--- 26 files changed, 1842 insertions(+), 1015 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index c9cf1b1d0..841637500 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ # Pernille Kristensen , 2019 # Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 # Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Walther Barnett , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -24,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1382,7 +1384,7 @@ msgstr "Type" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "" "Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank kontotype: Normal eller IBAN. Udledt fra kontonummer" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "ABA/Routing" @@ -1394,13 +1396,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konto Indehaver" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 msgid "" "Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " "Holder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontoindehaver navnet, hvis det er forskellig fra Kontoindehaver" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" @@ -1723,7 +1725,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dedikeret kreditnotat sekvens" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1743,13 +1745,15 @@ msgstr "Det næste bilagsnummer vil blive anvendt til den næste kreditnota." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kreditnotat sekvens" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " "note entries of this journal." msgstr "" +"Dette felt indeholder information relateret til nummereringen af kreditnota " +"posteringer for denne journal." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Default Debit Account" @@ -1781,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr "Definer hvordan kontoudtogene skal registreres" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oprettelse af kontoudtog" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" @@ -1902,6 +1906,8 @@ msgid "" "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" " method." msgstr "" +"Teknisk funktion brugt til at vide hvorvidt check printning var slået til " +"som en betalings metode." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Sequence" @@ -1940,6 +1946,10 @@ msgid "" "this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " "of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." msgstr "" +"Dette felt viser den maksimale difference tilladt mellem den afsluttende " +"saldo og den teoretiske saldo ved afslutning af sessionen, for ikke-POS " +"ledere. Hvis maksimum nås, vil brugeren få en fejlbesked ved afslutning af " +"deres session, som informere dem om, at de skal kontakte deres leder." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 msgid "Usage" @@ -3083,7 +3093,7 @@ msgstr "Balance" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indtægt & Tab" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" @@ -4841,6 +4851,8 @@ msgid "" "entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " "date" msgstr "" +"Bemærk at denne dato ikke ændre udregningen af den første journal postering," +" i tilfælde af prorata temporis aktiver. Den ændre blot den bogførings dato" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Gross Value" @@ -4906,6 +4918,9 @@ msgid "" "from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " "date of fiscal year" msgstr "" +"Indikere at den første afskrivnings postering for dette aktiv, skal " +"foretages fra aktiv datoen (købs datoen), i stedet for den første Januar / " +"start dato for finansåret" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "Number of Depreciations" @@ -5540,7 +5555,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Underlevering" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -6038,7 +6053,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrative" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" @@ -6046,7 +6061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PR" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" @@ -8283,7 +8298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moms kontant basis journal" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -9788,7 +9803,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betaling opfølgning" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -9880,7 +9895,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrer en ny leverandørregning" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10633,13 +10648,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vis partner bank konto" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " "needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" msgstr "" +"Teknisk felt brugt til at vide hvorvidt feltet `partner_bank_account_id` " +"skal fremvises eller ej, i betalings formular visningen" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Code" @@ -10662,6 +10679,9 @@ msgid "" "printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " "wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." msgstr "" +"Den valgte journal er konfigureret til at printe checknumre. Hvis dit forud-" +"printet checkpapir allerede har numre, eller hvis den nuværende nummerering " +"er forkert, kan du ændre det på journal konfiguration siden." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" @@ -12919,7 +12939,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Direkte debit mandater" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index ed80279a3..9634ac982 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ # Sanne Kristensen , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # lhmflexerp , 2019 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -740,6 +741,9 @@ msgid "" " If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " "one big picking." msgstr "" +"Bevægelser oprettet via dette bestillings sted vil blive lagt i denne " +"indkøbsgruppe. Hvis ingen er angivet, vil bevægelserne oprettet ud fra lager" +" regler blive sammenlagt til ét stort pluk." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Minimum Quantity" @@ -778,6 +782,8 @@ msgid "" "The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " "the exact quantity will be used." msgstr "" +"Indkøbsmængden vil blive oprundet til dette multiplum. Hvis det er 0, vil " +"den nøjagtige kvantitet blive brugt." #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Lead Time" @@ -788,6 +794,8 @@ msgid "" "Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " "to order to the vendor" msgstr "" +"Antal dage indtil modtagelse af produkter eller bestilling ved forhandler " +"ved udløsning af bestillingsstedet" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 7e56ed2bf..06665c33f 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ # JonathanStein , 2019 # Sanne Kristensen , 2019 # lhmflexerp , 2019 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -358,7 +359,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rekord produktion" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index defc7bf18..dd301b0fb 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "Mobil" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Push notifikationer" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 70eafbbad..59506b205 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ # Jonathan Stein , 2019 # JonathanStein , 2019 # Sanne Kristensen , 2019 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -594,7 +595,7 @@ msgstr "Opsætning" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT Boks" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 1e7e7b894..a16d43a55 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ # Morten Schou , 2019 # Sanne Kristensen , 2019 # lhmflexerp , 2019 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -767,6 +768,7 @@ msgstr "Leverandør" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." msgstr "" +"Du kan finde en leverandør ud fra navn, TIN, email, eller intern reference." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Vendor Reference" @@ -778,6 +780,9 @@ msgid "" "matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " "on the delivery order sent by your vendor." msgstr "" +"Reference af salgsordren eller bud sendt af leverandør. Bruges til " +"sammenligning når du modtager produkterne, eftersom denne reference normalt " +"er skrevet på leveringsordren sendt fra din leverandør." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Order Date" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index b0e2c498d..13033cfe7 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -7,10 +7,11 @@ # Per Rasmussen , 2019 # Pernille Kristensen , 2019 # Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Sanne Kristensen , 2019 # lhmflexerp , 2019 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# JonathanStein , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: JonathanStein , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "Hjemmeside" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimér" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" @@ -205,7 +206,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nøgleord" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -311,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facebook side" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -1446,7 +1447,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 msgid "Add features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilføj funktioner" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1572,7 +1573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Forums" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fora" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Events" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 5ef64f3d6..8fb59a243 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ # David Arnold , 2019 # Alejandro Kutulas , 2019 # Noemi Nahomy , 2019 +# Jesse Garza , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,13 +31,15 @@ msgstr "Soporte" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versiones con soporte" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo provee soporte y corrección de \"bugs\" **a las últimas 3 versiones " +"mayores** de Odoo." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -44,18 +47,21 @@ msgid "" "called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " "published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." msgstr "" +"Usuarios hospedados en **Odoo Online** pueden usar versiones intermedias (a " +"veces llamadas *versiones SaaS*) que también reciben soporte. Estas " +"versiones no se publican para Odoo.sh o para instalaciones \"On-Premise\"." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cuál es el estatus de soporte para mi versión de Odoo?" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta tabla muestra el estatus de soporte para todas las versiones." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Versiones mayores en negrita.**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Odoo Online" @@ -63,19 +69,19 @@ msgstr "Odoo en línea" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "On-Premise" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 @@ -126,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Octubre 2018" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" @@ -134,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abril 2018" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" @@ -142,11 +148,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Octubre 2017" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Fin de soporte planificado para octubre 2020*" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" @@ -187,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Octubre 2016" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" @@ -195,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mayo 2016" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" @@ -203,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Octubre 2015" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" @@ -211,7 +217,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Febrero 2015" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" @@ -219,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Septiembre 2014" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 msgid "🟢 Supported version" @@ -231,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -241,26 +247,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Considera `actualizar `_ tu base de datos." #: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 msgid "Contribute to the documentation" @@ -504,11 +512,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué puedo esperar del equipo de soporte?" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" +msgstr "5 días a la semana" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -601,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo importar información o documentos a tu base de datos" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -622,12 +630,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en tus propios servidores o instalaciones de Odoo" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 msgid "" "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " "etc)" msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en las cuentas que tengas en otras compañías " +"(Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc.)" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -655,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Dónde encuentro ayuda?" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 msgid "Odoo Enterprise" @@ -668,10 +679,14 @@ msgid "" "matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " "server)." msgstr "" +"Usuarios con una suscripción activa de Odoo Enterprise pueden contactar al " +"equipo de soporte a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte " +"`_, sin importar el tipo de hospedaje (Odoo " +"Online, Odoo.sh, o tu propio servidor)." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por favor incluye en tu solicitud de apoyo:" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "your subscription number," @@ -685,29 +700,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nuestros agentes se pondrán en contacto contigo lo antes posible." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Community" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" +"*Los usuarios de Odoo Community no tienen acceso al servicio de soporte.*" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los recursos con los que te puedes apoyar:" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nuestro `sitio de documentación `_." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." msgstr "" +"Haz tu pregunta en el `foro comunitario " +"`_." #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 9d14a11cb..1813f0f17 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ # Maxime Vanderhaeghe , 2018 # Frédéric Clementi , 2018 # Xavier Symons , 2018 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2018 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2018 # Fabien Pinckaers , 2018 -# Cyrille de Lambert , 2018 +# Cyrille de Lambert , 2018 # Guillaume Rancourt , 2018 # Shark McGnark , 2018 # Xavier Belmere , 2018 @@ -34,9 +34,10 @@ # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Olivier ANDRE , 2019 -# Cécile Collart , 2019 # Alexandra Jubert , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Valaeys Stéphane , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Valaeys Stéphane , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1856,6 +1857,8 @@ msgid "" "Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " "Holder" msgstr "" +"Nom du détenteur du compte, dans le cas où il est différent du nom du " +"partenaire lié au compte du compte." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" @@ -3897,6 +3900,8 @@ msgstr "Rapports comptables allemands" msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" +"Voici la liste des rapports spécifiques à l'Allemagne disponibles sur Odoo " +"Enterprise:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 @@ -4318,7 +4323,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Considérations importantes lorsque vous activez le CFDI 3.3" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 @@ -10732,6 +10737,10 @@ msgid "" "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" +"Odoo permet de gérer plusieurs entreprises au sein d'une même base de " +"données. Chaque entreprise a son propre plan comptable et ses propres " +"règles. Vous pouvez obtenir des rapports de consolidation en suivant vos " +"règles de consolidation." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 5547cca0a..26fa1e920 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 # Manga Tsang , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 # inspur qiuguodong , 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2019 +# Norman Chang , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -43,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -915,6 +918,7 @@ msgid "" "you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " "Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." msgstr "" +"在收到支票后，将它们记录在拟存入的银行账户上。当你选择银行账户（或支票日记账，如你在Odoo中配置）时，Odoo建议你使用批量存款。如计划将该支票存入银行，则选择本选项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." @@ -947,7 +951,7 @@ msgid "" "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " "deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择银行,，然后选择你想要添加的款项（支票）。默认情况下，Odoo建议你存入所有的支票。这样，你就可以确认不会忘记或丢失支票。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -972,7 +976,7 @@ msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " "deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你选择批量存款，Odoo将自动填充所匹配的支票。（下面例子中的批量存款包括2张支票）" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 @@ -994,7 +998,7 @@ msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装批存款功能后，你需要重新加载页面，浏览器才会发现这项新功能。只需点击浏览器的刷新按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." @@ -1015,7 +1019,7 @@ msgstr "如果银行对账单的金额小于实际批存款的金额, 它可能 msgid "" "In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下，在相应的银行对账单中，点击相关行并删除." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" @@ -1047,6 +1051,8 @@ msgid "" "default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"处理内部转移需要在科目表中添加转移科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个帐户。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择:menuselection:`配置" +" --> 设置` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1101,6 +1107,7 @@ msgid "" "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" +"第一步是登记内部付款。为此，进入你的会计仪表板，点击其中一个银行的 **更多** 按钮并选择 :menuselection:`新建 --> 内部转账`。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1146,6 +1153,7 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" +"这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认付出和收到的钱。因此需要导入你的银行对账单，将付款和正确的银行对账单行进行核对。在收到银行对账单后，点击对应银行下的**新对账单**按钮，以导入其内容。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1168,7 +1176,7 @@ msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要为付款选择交易对手。选择付款对应的正确银行对账单行并点击**对账**按钮。关闭对账单，完成交易。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -1176,7 +1184,7 @@ msgid "" "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " "both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到第二张银行对账单后，需要重复相同的步骤。注意，如果在两张对账单和付款交易中指定相同的金额和相同的备忘录，则系统将自动进行对账。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 @@ -1297,14 +1305,15 @@ msgid "" "lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" +"将账户记录与银行对账单匹配的工作量比较大。你需要找到对应的发票，比较发票金额及合作伙伴详情与银行对账单是否相符。这些步骤需要很多时间。幸运的是，使用Odoo，你可以很容易地将发票或其他付款文件与银行对账单匹配。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "odoo中有2种对账过程方案。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们可以直接在发票上注明付款" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" @@ -1314,7 +1323,7 @@ msgstr "我们可以用银行对账单调整销售发票" msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记发票不需要特殊设置。我们只需安装会计应用程序就可以了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" @@ -1328,7 +1337,7 @@ msgstr "案例1 : 付款登记" msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们收到发票付款证明，是史密斯公司的2100欧元。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1338,6 +1347,7 @@ msgid "" "invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" " services to our customer." msgstr "" +"我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务，要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单，所以我们在发票上做标记为支付，就可以为我们的客户提供服务。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1350,13 +1360,13 @@ msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过点击**付款登记**，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我们因此需要指定金额和支付方式。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息，点击发票上:menuselection:`信息 -->开启付款` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1378,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "我们开始已开给Smith & Co的3000欧元的发票。让我们也假 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们收到银行对账单，发现不仅是史密斯公司已支付款项，Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2163,6 +2173,9 @@ msgid "" "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 @@ -2178,12 +2191,18 @@ msgid "" "integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 msgid "3. Configure your report data" @@ -2194,6 +2213,8 @@ msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" @@ -2213,6 +2234,9 @@ msgid "" "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2220,6 +2244,9 @@ msgid "" "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" @@ -2231,18 +2258,25 @@ msgid "" "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 msgid "4.2 Taxes" @@ -2254,6 +2288,9 @@ msgid "" "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -2261,6 +2298,9 @@ msgid "" "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 msgid "4.3 Journals" @@ -2280,6 +2320,8 @@ msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 msgid "4.4 Users" @@ -2290,6 +2332,8 @@ msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 @@ -2305,6 +2349,8 @@ msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" @@ -2316,22 +2362,29 @@ msgid "" "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "There are three types of documents:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -2340,6 +2393,10 @@ msgid "" "necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" @@ -2350,6 +2407,8 @@ msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -2357,6 +2416,9 @@ msgid "" "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" @@ -2371,20 +2433,28 @@ msgid "" "Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "After this:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 msgid "1.4 Common errors" @@ -2396,12 +2466,17 @@ msgid "" "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 msgid "2. Additional use cases" @@ -2412,10 +2487,12 @@ msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Colombia (ES)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" @@ -2423,7 +2500,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducción" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -2470,11 +2547,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flujo General" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" @@ -2485,6 +2562,8 @@ msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 msgid "cz" @@ -2500,6 +2579,9 @@ msgid "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -2534,6 +2616,9 @@ msgid "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2560,6 +2645,10 @@ msgid "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -2567,6 +2656,9 @@ msgid "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" @@ -2578,6 +2670,9 @@ msgid "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -2593,6 +2688,11 @@ msgid "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 msgid "4.2 Impuestos" @@ -2618,6 +2718,10 @@ msgid "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 msgid "4.3 Diarios" @@ -2629,6 +2733,9 @@ msgid "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2645,6 +2752,8 @@ msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 msgid "4.4 Usuarios" @@ -2655,14 +2764,16 @@ msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturas" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -2670,6 +2781,9 @@ msgid "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "1. Invoice Creation" @@ -2682,16 +2796,22 @@ msgid "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" @@ -2730,6 +2850,9 @@ msgid "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -2738,6 +2861,10 @@ msgid "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" @@ -2752,6 +2879,12 @@ msgid "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -2770,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -2789,6 +2922,10 @@ msgid "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -2796,10 +2933,13 @@ msgid "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -2807,6 +2947,9 @@ msgid "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" @@ -3014,7 +3157,7 @@ msgstr "**Storage**: 自动销售结转, 计算期间和累计合计 (每日、 #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inalterability" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -3079,17 +3222,22 @@ msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -3098,6 +3246,10 @@ msgid "" "daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -3106,6 +3258,10 @@ msgid "" "record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -3123,6 +3279,8 @@ msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -3130,22 +3288,29 @@ msgid "" "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "More Information" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -3172,7 +3337,7 @@ msgstr "德国" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "German Chart of Accounts" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3181,6 +3346,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " "section." msgstr "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 @@ -3188,20 +3357,24 @@ msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "German Accounting Reports" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 @@ -3216,7 +3389,7 @@ msgstr "利润损失" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" @@ -3234,10 +3407,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Italy (IT)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3247,10 +3425,15 @@ msgid "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -3260,12 +3443,19 @@ msgid "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -3283,6 +3473,9 @@ msgid "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3291,12 +3484,18 @@ msgid "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -3304,10 +3503,13 @@ msgid "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" @@ -3318,6 +3520,8 @@ msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -3326,6 +3530,10 @@ msgid "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" @@ -3337,6 +3545,9 @@ msgid "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -3345,10 +3556,14 @@ msgid "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -3358,23 +3573,29 @@ msgid "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -3382,6 +3603,9 @@ msgid "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." #: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" @@ -3400,6 +3624,8 @@ msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" @@ -3414,10 +3640,16 @@ msgid "" "information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3425,18 +3657,25 @@ msgid "" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -3446,6 +3685,11 @@ msgid "" "market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " "company in Mexico." msgstr "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -3453,6 +3697,9 @@ msgid "" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" @@ -3460,7 +3707,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -3468,6 +3715,9 @@ msgid "" "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" @@ -3481,6 +3731,11 @@ msgid "" "3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" @@ -3493,6 +3748,10 @@ msgid "" "address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -3500,6 +3759,9 @@ msgid "" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " "vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -3516,6 +3778,12 @@ msgid "" " Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " "the option)." msgstr "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" @@ -3540,6 +3808,10 @@ msgid "" "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " "name does not exist)." msgstr "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -3548,10 +3820,14 @@ msgid "" "resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " "the default behavior." msgstr "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 @@ -3559,6 +3835,8 @@ msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -3566,6 +3844,9 @@ msgid "" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -3573,6 +3854,9 @@ msgid "" "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" @@ -3585,6 +3869,10 @@ msgid "" "can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -3592,6 +3880,9 @@ msgid "" "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -3601,30 +3892,39 @@ msgid "" " proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Certificate`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" @@ -3636,12 +3936,17 @@ msgid "" "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "Invoicing" @@ -3652,12 +3957,16 @@ msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -3665,12 +3974,17 @@ msgid "" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 msgid "Cancelling invoices" @@ -3681,10 +3995,12 @@ msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "If the invoice is not paid." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" @@ -3703,14 +4019,16 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Legal considerations**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -3718,6 +4036,9 @@ msgid "" "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -3725,10 +4046,13 @@ msgid "" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -3736,16 +4060,21 @@ msgid "" "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -3754,22 +4083,30 @@ msgid "" "calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -3778,6 +4115,10 @@ msgid "" "the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -3785,6 +4126,9 @@ msgid "" "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 msgid "" @@ -3792,16 +4136,21 @@ msgid "" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -3811,20 +4160,27 @@ msgid "" " the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." @@ -3832,7 +4188,7 @@ msgstr "电算试平衡。" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DIOT report." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "" @@ -3845,14 +4201,16 @@ msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Chart of account CoA" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -3860,6 +4218,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" @@ -3870,6 +4231,8 @@ msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -3880,6 +4243,12 @@ msgid "" " automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" " xml." msgstr "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" @@ -3890,6 +4259,8 @@ msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -3898,6 +4269,10 @@ msgid "" "your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" @@ -3911,16 +4286,23 @@ msgid "" "exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" @@ -3932,6 +4314,9 @@ msgid "" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" @@ -3940,6 +4325,10 @@ msgid "" "give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -3947,6 +4336,9 @@ msgid "" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" @@ -3958,6 +4350,9 @@ msgid "" "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 msgid "" @@ -3966,6 +4361,10 @@ msgid "" "deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " "to said data." msgstr "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" @@ -3977,12 +4376,17 @@ msgid "" "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" @@ -3992,6 +4396,11 @@ msgid "" " as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" @@ -4003,6 +4412,9 @@ msgid "" "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" @@ -4013,6 +4425,12 @@ msgid "" "direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" @@ -4021,10 +4439,14 @@ msgid "" "line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " "Third Parties." msgstr "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "You can find the `official information here`_." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" @@ -4041,16 +4463,20 @@ msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on \"Export (TXT)." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" @@ -4064,6 +4490,11 @@ msgid "" "there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" " suppliers." msgstr "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" @@ -4071,6 +4502,9 @@ msgid "" "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" @@ -4078,6 +4512,9 @@ msgid "" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" @@ -4085,12 +4522,17 @@ msgid "" "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 msgid "" @@ -4101,14 +4543,20 @@ msgid "" "before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extra Recommended features" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contact Module (Free)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 msgid "" @@ -4116,10 +4564,13 @@ msgid "" "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 msgid "" @@ -4130,16 +4581,24 @@ msgid "" "automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 msgid "" @@ -4153,29 +4612,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open any company you have." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" @@ -4183,14 +4645,17 @@ msgid "" "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "If you see an error like this:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The cfdi generated is not valid" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "" @@ -4198,6 +4663,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid "" @@ -4208,7 +4676,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" @@ -4242,7 +4710,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Error message**:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 msgid "" @@ -4274,6 +4742,9 @@ msgid "" "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "" @@ -4352,7 +4823,7 @@ msgstr "荷兰" #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XAF Export" #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -4362,24 +4833,31 @@ msgid "" " entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dutch Accounting Reports" #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intrastat Report (ICP)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" @@ -4387,25 +4865,27 @@ msgstr "西班牙" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -4413,34 +4893,41 @@ msgid "" "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" @@ -4448,7 +4935,7 @@ msgstr "瑞士" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4456,6 +4943,9 @@ msgid "" "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4463,10 +4953,13 @@ msgid "" "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4476,10 +4969,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " "Reports` and tick this box :" msgstr "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Reports` and tick this box :" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Currency Rate Live Update" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -4488,10 +4986,14 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " "you want." msgstr "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Updated VAT for January 2018" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -4499,16 +5001,21 @@ msgid "" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -4518,12 +5025,19 @@ msgid "" "\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -4532,16 +5046,22 @@ msgid "" "time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " "transactions." msgstr "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -4549,52 +5069,61 @@ msgid "" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Name**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Rate**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Label on Invoice**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Scope**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tag**" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 @@ -4604,11 +5133,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7%" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% achat" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 @@ -4617,7 +5146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 @@ -4635,42 +5164,42 @@ msgstr "采购" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% invest." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 @@ -4680,11 +5209,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7%" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% achat" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 @@ -4693,35 +5222,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% invest" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 @@ -4737,38 +5266,42 @@ msgstr "销售" msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% Incl." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." #: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -4776,6 +5309,9 @@ msgid "" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 @@ -5176,6 +5712,7 @@ msgid "" "performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" +"管理预算是经营企业的重要组成部分。预算帮助相关人员意识到使用资金的方式，并指导他们组织和优先安排工作，以达到财务目标。预算可以计划想要的财务结果，然后根据计划来衡量实际表现。Odoo使用一般账户和分析账户来管理预算。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5211,20 +5748,20 @@ msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算定位是指你想要保留预算的帐户清单（通常是支出或收入帐户）。你需要对它们进行定义，以便Odoo了解在哪些账户获取预算信息。。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算定位是对预算中“实际金额”一栏可记录内容的一种限制。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个预算位置可包含从总分类账（主要会计科目表）中分配给它的任意数量的科目，但必须至少有一个科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5233,12 +5770,13 @@ msgid "" "not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" +"如果你所记录交易已分配的分析科目*是*包含在预算行中，但同一预算行的其中一个总账科目*不*包含在预算位置中，它不会出现在该预算行的“实际金额”栏。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些预算位置可能已经安装在你的会计科目表中。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5287,6 +5825,8 @@ msgid "" "Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" " partner." msgstr "" +"Odoo需要知道与具体预算相关的成本或费用。因此，我们需要将发票和费用链接到分析科目。创建分析科目，需进入会计模块并点击 " +":menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析科目 --> 打开图表`。创建一个名为史密斯公司项目的新账户并选择相关的合作伙伴。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" @@ -5539,13 +6079,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动撤销会计分录" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 msgid "" "You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " "date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可能想要自动撤销特定日期的会计分录。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5556,13 +6096,14 @@ msgid "" "accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " "occurred." msgstr "" +"例如，在登记准备金时使用这项功能（例如，坏账准备金）。在为准备金做会计分录时，你输入的金额只是估计金额。在财政年度结束时才能得出确切金额。因此，你到时候会希望撤销会计分录，以便输入发生的实际损失。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 msgid "" "For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " "journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " "reversed at that date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，你只需在会计分录上勾选“自动逆转”框，并定义逆转日期。会计分录将在该日期逆转。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -5702,6 +6243,7 @@ msgid "" "product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" +"我们还需要为客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中，创建一个软件产品的购买订单。在产品行上，我们可以将成本链接到分析账户上。指定订单行，选择正确的分析账户。确认销售。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -6741,39 +7283,39 @@ msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *创建科目*" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理财政年度" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" " have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " "settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多数情况下，财政年度包括12个月。如你的公司也是如此，则只需在会计设置中定义财政年度的最后一天。默认情况下，它设置为12月31日。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" "However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " "fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " "this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，有时也有例外。例如，如果你的公司现在处于首个财政年度，则可能大于或小于12个月。在这种情况下，需要进行一些额外配置。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " "activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用财政年度功能。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 msgid "" "You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " "configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置你的财政年度。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你只需创建超过或少于12个月的财政年度。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" @@ -7700,7 +8242,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在输入名称后，需要配置两项其他参数：" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" @@ -7712,21 +8254,21 @@ msgstr " **分析期间**: " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期范围（例如损益）" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于单个日期（例如资产负债表）" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例如，业务伙伴账龄余额表)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法（例如现金流量表）" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" @@ -8206,13 +8748,13 @@ msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€, 不含税价" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "但我们想在门店或者电商网站中卖10€，含税价" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" @@ -8225,6 +8767,8 @@ msgid "" "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " "Accounting application." msgstr "" +"你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以在会计应用程序中访问菜单:menuselection:`配置 -->设置`并勾选 " +"**默认销售税** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -8305,7 +8849,7 @@ msgid "" "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " "on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " "of this customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你都可以在客户表单中设置价格表和财务状况，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动适用该规则。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -8444,7 +8988,7 @@ msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "财务状况不适用于资产和递延收入。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 @@ -8506,6 +9050,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" +"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"税种`。首先，设置适当的过渡帐户，以在你登记付款之前过税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -8514,6 +9060,7 @@ msgid "" "the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " "Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." msgstr "" +"在*高级选项*选项卡中，将*应缴税额*转为*基于付款*。然后，你必须定义*已收税款*金额，以便在收到付款时过账税款金额，以及*税基已收金额*，以便过账税基金额，确保税收报告的准确性。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" @@ -8538,7 +9085,7 @@ msgstr "应收15美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "临时税务账户$15" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 @@ -8578,6 +9125,7 @@ msgid "" "default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " "zero." msgstr "" +"最后两个日记账项目是中性的，但它们可确保税基金额的准确性，以保证Odoo税收报告的准确性。我们建议使用默认的收入帐户。则这笔帐的余额始终为零。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" @@ -8807,6 +9355,8 @@ msgid "" "*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." msgstr "" +"多数国家的B2C价格都是含税的。在Odoo中，你可以在销售税中勾选**含税价**，路径为 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"会计 --> 税收`。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -8869,7 +9419,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎样通过TaxCloud获得美国正确的税率" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8879,33 +9429,34 @@ msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " "special jurisdiction in the United States." msgstr "" +"**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，跟踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud中" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*TaxCloud* `__地址下创建一个免费帐户。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "" "Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud上注册你的Odoo网站，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " "Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*地点*并输入你的办公室和仓库的地点。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*管理税务州*，以验证你收取销售税的州。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" @@ -8919,11 +9470,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入你的TaxCloud凭据。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击保存，保存你的凭据。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -8935,7 +9486,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*。这适用于创建的任一新产品。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8949,6 +9500,7 @@ msgid "" "code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " "to open and edit your Company record." msgstr "" +"确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" @@ -8960,6 +9512,7 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" " installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." msgstr "" +"Odoo根据财务状况计算销售税（参见:doc:`application`）。在安装*TaxCloud*后即可创建在美国的财务状况。一切开箱即用。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -8967,20 +9520,21 @@ msgid "" "this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." msgstr "" +"你可将Odoo配置为自动检测使用该财务状况的客户。前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财务状况`，打开并编辑记录。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " "order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " "triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当客户国家为*美国*时，此财务状况将自动设置在所有销售订单、网络订单或发票上。这将触发自动化税务计算。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 msgid "" "Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " "You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " "**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加你的产品。你有两种方案获取订单的销售税。你可确认它，或保存它并从*操作*菜单选择**用TaxCloud更新税收**。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -9110,7 +9664,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和现金收付制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" @@ -9121,7 +9675,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则, 你可以得到合并报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9159,6 +9713,7 @@ msgid "" "modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" +"Odoo会计应用程序支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计应用程序实施所有国家共用的会计准则。每个国家还有特定的模块，例如科目表、税收或银行接口。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" @@ -9169,7 +9724,7 @@ msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计准则（美国、英国、以及爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚和新西兰等其他英语国家）在产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." @@ -9270,7 +9825,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -9310,6 +9865,7 @@ msgid "" "end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" +"留存收益是你企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或逆转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" @@ -9842,7 +10398,7 @@ msgstr "过程概述" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从客户发票到付款收集" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9967,7 +10523,7 @@ msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票通常包括商品和/或服务的数量和价格、日期、客户、唯一的发票号码和税务信息。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -10161,7 +10717,7 @@ msgstr "资产负债表" msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产负债表汇总了公司在一定时期内的负债、资产和所有者权益。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -10930,6 +11486,8 @@ msgid "" "validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" +"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票:menuselection:`采购 --> " +"供应商发票`。在验证供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并验证付款对话框。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" @@ -11614,7 +12172,7 @@ msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从**应用程序**，搜索**采购**模块并安装。由于一定的关联关系，安装采购模块将自动安装**库存**和**会计**应用程序。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -11625,13 +12183,13 @@ msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中创建产品对于快速高效的采购必不可少。只需前往采购应用程序下的产品子菜单，并点击创建。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当创建产品时，注意 **产品类型** 字段，这很重要：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -11654,7 +12212,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " "management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " "product type to **Service**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于那些不经常采购且不需要库存评估和管理的产品，建议创建一个**杂项** 产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" @@ -11694,12 +12252,14 @@ msgid "" "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" +"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品，在采购单被确认后你需要从库存应用程序中接收产品。在 " +"**库存仪表板**，你可以看到一个按钮直接链接到产品的转移，这个按钮在以下显示为红色：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按这个路线导航，你将看到所有等待接收的订单清单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -11710,6 +12270,7 @@ msgid "" " under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" +"如果你有许多待确定的订单，使用右上方搜索栏的筛选功能。你可基于供应商（合作伙伴）、产品、源文档（又称为采购订单参考）进行筛选。你也可在**分组**中按不同的标准来对订单进行分组。从这个列表中选择一个项目会打开如下页面，然后你就可以接收产品了。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." @@ -11725,6 +12286,7 @@ msgid "" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" +"当你收到以前采购的**供应商账单**时，确认记录在采购应用程序下的**控制菜单**中。如果你已经注册了一个采购订单，则需要创建一个新的供应商账单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -11738,13 +12300,14 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" +"在创建供应商账单之前，你首先需要选择正确的供应商，这将带出相关的会计或价格表信息。在此，你可选择指定一个或多个采购订单来填充采购供应商账单。当你从列表中选择一个采购订单时，Odoo会带出该采购订单相关的所有未开发票的产品并自动填充下列信息。如你很难找到正确的供应商账单，可通过键入供应商参考号或你的内部采购订单号进行搜索。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当发票仍未草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添加或删除产品行、修改数量和价格等）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" @@ -11785,7 +12348,7 @@ msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填充的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -11801,7 +12364,7 @@ msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的发票, 如果开票控 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商未将你之前订购的产品开票。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -11820,7 +12383,7 @@ msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购订单开票，因此选择时它不会再出现。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -11829,7 +12392,7 @@ msgstr "公司里某人忘了给这个供应商记录这个采购单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商要你支付未订购的东西。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" @@ -11880,6 +12443,7 @@ msgid "" "deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +"当然建立一个供应商账单并选择合适的采购订单，你可以继续选择增加的采购订单。Odoo将根据你选择的采购订单增加行项目。如果你没有从首个采购订单删除之前的行项目，供应商账单将会链接到所有合适的采购单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" @@ -11892,7 +12456,7 @@ msgstr "客户发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11902,10 +12466,12 @@ msgid "" " in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " "period." msgstr "" +"现金折扣是你提供给客户的激励，以驱动 他们在特定的账期内付款。例如，付款截止日是开开票后30天，你可以为在开票后5天内付款的客户提供2%的折扣。 " +"这个方法可以大幅度改良你的平均收款周期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11915,10 +12481,12 @@ msgid "" "price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" +"如要设置现金科目，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " +"付款条件`并点击*创建*。添加具有相应值的*百分比*类型项（例如，总价的98%指2%的折扣）和优惠的有效期天数。你还可根据需要更改默认余额项。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始提供现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -11928,10 +12496,11 @@ msgid "" "having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" +"现金，你可以建立一个客户发票并选择你增加的现金折扣政策。一旦发票生效。Odoo将自动分解应收账款到两个不同到期日的分期付款计划。因为折扣价已经计算好了，你的支付控制将变的简单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "授权现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -11939,7 +12508,7 @@ msgid "" "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " "the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户执行支付条款就会获得现金折扣。当你处理银行对账单时，将收款数据与会计分录匹配。然后，选择还存在的现金折扣，点击“建立勾消”以调节一致。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11950,21 +12519,22 @@ msgid "" "your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" " default." msgstr "" +"你还可以创建一个专用的对账模型，使流程更容易。在这种情况下，你应该根据发票适用的税收规定向模型添加税收功能。也就是说，如果你需处理多种税率，则要创建多个对账模型。请注意，根据本地化情况，你可能已有可用的默认现金折扣模型。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记全额付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下，客户未满足支付条款，且无法享受现金折扣。当处理银行对账单时，将付款与两个相关会计分录匹配。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 msgid "Set up cash roundings" @@ -12028,7 +12598,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用舍入" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -13205,25 +13775,25 @@ msgstr ":doc:`followup` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" +msgstr "跟进发票并更快收款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于你的企业而言，在逾期付款时收取款项非常重要。Odoo将帮助你识别延迟付款，并可发送适当的提醒。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理跟进工作" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议你在启动跟进流程之前核对银行对账单。这将避免在客户已经付款之后再次向其发送对账单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -13232,13 +13802,15 @@ msgid "" "easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" +"你需要跟进的逾期发票默认在:menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " +"跟进报告`。你可在此以电子邮件形式发送提醒或打印为信件。然后，你可点击*完成*按钮，查看需要关注的下一项跟进事务。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者，如果现在还未到提醒的时间，点击*稍候提醒我*。你可根据对账单的*下次提醒日期*设置收到报告。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -13247,16 +13819,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " "Follow-up`." msgstr "" +"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款跟进`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可在跟进报告上将客户标记为次级、正常或优级债务人，设置客户的信度等级。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批量发送提醒" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -13266,10 +13839,11 @@ msgid "" "containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " "automatically generated." msgstr "" +"为减轻跟进流程的工作量，你可从跟进报告页面批量发送提醒邮件。选择需要处理的所有报告，点击*操作*，然后点击*流程跟进*。系统将自动生成一份PDF文件，其中包括你需要打印的所有跟进信函。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划跟进流程" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -13278,6 +13852,8 @@ msgid "" "under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" +"如要计划跟进流程，前往:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并在*客户付款*部分启用*跟进级别*功能。然后，点击你的设置页面新出现的*跟进级别*按钮。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -13287,12 +13863,13 @@ msgid "" "action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " "the stage of the process." msgstr "" +"Odoo中默认可用的跟进计划包括多项操作，但你可根据自己的需要自定义。根据具体的逾期天数，计划发送邮件、信件或采取人为操作。你还可根据流程阶段编辑使用的声明模板。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想在实际逾期日期之前收到提醒，可将逾期天数设为负数。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 @@ -13396,7 +13973,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭或撤销委托书" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index e7245d005..7e413b1b2 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -5,13 +5,14 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 # liAnGjiA , 2018 # Army Hu , 2018 # Connie Xiao , 2018 # fausthuang, 2018 # John An , 2019 # 演奏王 , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgid "" "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过已安装的CRM应用程序，你可利用Odoo网站上即时可用的联系人表单，自动生成线索/商机。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -168,31 +169,32 @@ msgid "" "contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " "leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" +"当访客使用联系人表单与你联系时，你可能需要向访客了解更多情况，因此你需要在网站上创建自定义联系人表单。这些联系人表单可以在系统中生成多种类型的记录（邮件、线索/商机、项目任务、服务台工单等）" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要安装免费的*表单生成器*模块，仅在Odoo企业版中可用。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" "First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," " drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " "fields you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入你希望放置联系人表单的页面。在编辑模式下，将表单生成器拖动到该页面，你就可以添加需要的所有字段。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，所有新的联系人表单都会发送邮件，您可以在*更改表单参数*中切换到线索/商机生成。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " "added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果同一访客使用联系人表单两次，则第二次输入的内容将添加到聊天的第一个线索/商机中。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" @@ -204,6 +206,7 @@ msgid "" "assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " "CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" +"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用*线索*并参见:doc:`转换`。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 2d4a2e938..154ff9476 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 # r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 # george liu , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: george liu , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ msgid "" "Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保你作为需要管理的数据库管理员接入- 很多操作需要远程识别你的身份。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" @@ -93,11 +94,11 @@ msgstr "下载数据库的即时备份；请注意，我们每天都根据我们 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`Domains `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`域名 `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置自定义域名，以通过其他URL访问你的数据库。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Delete `" @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgid "" "Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " "that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" " the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将你的数据库升级到新版本Odoo是一项复杂操作，需要时间和谨慎操作。最重要的是，你在升级生产数据库之前必须全面测试该流程。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -143,6 +144,7 @@ msgid "" " database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " "multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" +"升级过程可能需要一些时间，尤其是你拥有多个应用程序或管理敏感数据的应用程序时（例如，会计、库存等）。一般而言，数据库“越小”，升级越快。仅使用CRM的单一用户数据库比使用会计、销售、采购和制造的多公司、多用户数据库升级快。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -154,44 +156,45 @@ msgid "" "they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " "a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" +"遗憾的是，我们无法预计每项升级请求需要的时间，因为Odoo.com将至少手动测试每项数据库升级一次，而且需要逐一修改/调整对标准Odoo应用程序（例如，通过定制或通过服务包）的改动。这可能导致整个过程变慢，因为我们需要按提出请求的顺序逐一处理。尤其是在主要新版本发布之后的几个月，升级请求处理速度可能显著延迟。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从你的角度来看，升级过程可能非常简单：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你请求测试升级" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " "database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**你**验证所有测试后，你将升级实际的数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 msgid "" "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " "same." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请求测试或生产（*实际*）升级的过程是相同的" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " "access the `database management page `__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，确保接入你想要升级的数据库并访问`数据库管理页面 `__。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 msgid "" "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " "database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须访问想要升级的数据库的设置应用程序并打开活动会话，才能看到按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 msgid "" "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " "If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在想要升级的数据库所在行，点击“Cog”菜单。如有Odoo的更新版本，你会看到“升级”按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -201,6 +204,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " "released a more recent version during your tests)." msgstr "" +"你可以选择升级的目标版本。默认情况下，我们为你的数据库选择了可用的最高版本；如你已开始测试升级，我们将自动选择你已经测试的版本（即使我们在你测试过程中发布了更新的版本）。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -208,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" "generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " "request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" " and asking another request will not be possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击“测试升级”按钮，将生成升级请求。每个数据库每次只能提出一项请求；如果已经提出请求，你会看到“升级列队”字样，而不能提出另一项请求。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -220,6 +224,7 @@ msgid "" "made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " "should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." msgstr "" +"测试升级将创建数据库的副本，升级并在成功后自动提供给你。如果这是针对该数据库首次测试请求，Odoo.com将进行手动测试阶段，可能需要一些时间（最长达数周）。之后的请求不会经过此手动测试步骤，通常在数小时之内即可完成。在测试数据库可用后，你将收到邮件，其中包含测试数据库的URL。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -231,6 +236,8 @@ msgid "" "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page `__." msgstr "" +"**测试数据库是整个升级过程中最重要的步骤！**即使我们手动测试了所有升级，我们也不知道你的工作流程。Odoo新版本标准工作流程的变更可能要求你改变内部流程，或你通过Odoo定制自定义的内容现可正常运行。*你应负责确保一切正常运行！*你可通过我们的`支持页面" +" `__报告测试数据库的问题。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -238,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" " (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " "is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " "prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保在最终升级前（即前一天）对升级进行最后测试，以确保一切顺畅运行。在升级后无法降级，升级时间推迟总比在升级之后发现问题导致无法运行更好！" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -249,13 +256,14 @@ msgid "" " and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " "the process is completed." msgstr "" +"一切准备妥当并已验证所有测试后，你可再次点击升级按钮并点击升级（带有小火箭的按钮！）确认，将你的生产数据库切换到新版本。你的数据库将在10分钟内下线并开始自动升级；整个过程完成后，你将收到确认邮件。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在升级过程中，你的数据库将下线（大数据库一般需要30分钟到数小时），请将迁移安排在非营业时段。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" @@ -266,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "" "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库复制、重命名、自定义DNS等在我们线上平台试用数据库中不可用。付费数据库和“一个应用程序免费”数据库可进行复制。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -280,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在复制数据库时未勾选“用于测试目的”，所有外部通信仍将启用：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" @@ -290,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "电子邮件已送出" msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款已处理（例如，在电子商务或订阅应用程序中）" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" @@ -327,6 +335,8 @@ msgid "" "`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" +"如要重命名数据库，确保接入你想要重命名的数据库，访问`数据库管理页面 " +"`__并点击**重命名**。你需要输入数据库的新名称，然后点击**重命名数据库**。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 msgid "Deleting a Database" @@ -343,6 +353,7 @@ msgid "" "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" +"如你删除数据库，所有数据将永久丢失。删除即时完成，且适用所有用户。我们将以你在删除之前对数据库进行即时备份，因为最后自动保存的每日备份可能已是数小时之前。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -350,40 +361,41 @@ msgid "" "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" +"从`数据库管理页面 `__，在你想要删除的数据库所在行，点击“删除”按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仔细阅读警告信息，在完全了解删除数据库造成的影响之后，方可继续：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "几秒种后，数据库将被删除，页面将自动重新加载。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要重新使用这个数据库名称，它即刻可用。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如数据库已过期或关联到订阅，则无法删除。在这些情况下，联系`Odoo支持 `__。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要删除你的账户，请联系`Odoo支持 `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地部署数据库管理" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" @@ -428,6 +440,8 @@ msgid "" " Account `__ or with your Account" " Manager" msgstr "" +"请检查你的`Odoo账户 " +"`__或者通过你的账户管理员检查订阅信息是否有“正在处理中”的标注" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" @@ -446,6 +460,8 @@ msgid "" "`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" +"你可通过`Odoo合同 " +"`__的“取消关联数据库”按钮，自行取消关联旧数据库。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -471,6 +487,8 @@ msgid "" "`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" +"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在`Odoo合同 " +"`__中勾选，然后会出现提示，指出有问题的数据库：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -488,28 +506,28 @@ msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查网络和防火墙设置" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "" "The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级通知必须能够到达Odoo订阅验证服务器。换句话说，确保Odoo服务器能够在以下打开传出连接：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "services.odoo.com在端口443（或80）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "较老部署的services.openerp.com在端口443（或80）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你在启用数据库后，必须确保这些端口打开，因为升级通知每周运营一次。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 31c87c02e..04e267fb7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ # fausthuang, 2018 # Kate Lee , 2018 # 演奏王 , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -157,6 +158,8 @@ msgid "" " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" +"如果已经为SPF设置TXT记录，在通过Odoo Online发送邮件的余名中添加“include:_spf.odoo.com”，通过G " +"Suite发送的则可为：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -179,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。 #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许DKIM" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -190,14 +193,16 @@ msgid "" "a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" +"如果你的邮件服务器启用了DKIM（域密钥标识邮件），你也需要进行同样的操作。对于Odoo " +"Online和Odoo.sh，你需要向“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”添加DNS“odoo._domainkey”CNAME记录。例如，对于“foo.com”，它们应有一条“odoo._domainkey.foo.com”记录，这是值为“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”的CNAME。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理入站消息" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo依靠通用的电子邮件别名来获取入站消息。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -205,6 +210,7 @@ msgid "" "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" +"从Odoo所发邮件对应的**回复邮件**通过catchall别名（**catchall@**）接入原来的讨论线程（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -213,36 +219,38 @@ msgid "" "`__ to opt-out invalid " "recipients." msgstr "" +"**退回的邮件**接入**bounce@**，以便在Odoo上追踪。这项功能特别用于`Odoo邮件营销 " +"`__，可取消选择无效的收件人。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**原始邮件**：几个业务对象有自己的别名，从入站邮件中创建Odoo新纪录：" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售渠道（在`Odoo CRM `__中创建潜在商机或机会），" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持渠道（在`Odoo服务台 `__创建工单），" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "项目（在`Odoo项目 `__中创建新任务），" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "职位（在`Odoo招聘 `__中创建求职者），" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "etc." @@ -253,17 +261,17 @@ msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据你的邮件服务器，可能有几种方法来获取邮件。最简单也最推荐的方法是在邮件服务器中按Odoo别名管理邮件地址。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的邮件服务器中创建相应的电子邮件地址（catchall@、bounce@、sales@等）。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在一般设置中设置你的域名。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -273,6 +281,7 @@ msgid "" "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" +"如果你使用本地部署的Odoo，请在Odoo中为每个别名创建一个*入站邮件服务器*。你也可以在一般设置中进行操作。根据你的电子邮件提供商的设置填写表单。将*对入站邮件执行的操作*留空。在填写完毕所有信息后，点击*测试和确认*。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -284,6 +293,10 @@ msgid "" "domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" +"如果你使用Odoo " +"Online或Odoo.sh，我们建议将入站邮件重定向到Odoo的域名，而不是仅使用你自己的邮件服务器。这样，你将不会延迟接收入站邮件。实际上，Odoo" +" " +"Online每小时仅收取一次外部服务器的入站邮件。你应在电子邮件服务器中将所有电子邮件地址的重定向设置为Odoo的域名（例如，*catchall@mydomain.ext*设为*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*）。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -372,6 +385,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " "settings." msgstr "" +"并在Odoo的:menuselection:`设置--> 一般设置--> Twitter讨论集成`中复制这些值，然后点击**保存**，保存相应设置。" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" @@ -449,10 +463,11 @@ msgid "" "any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " "throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." msgstr "" +"打勾标记一封邮件，即代表将该项目标记为**已读**，并从收件箱中删除。如需将一个项目保存并供将来参考或操作，用星标标记并将它加入到**已加星标**文件夹中。你可在讨论中添加任何邮件或通知，或者在整个Odoo中添加任何特定项目的聊天，以便在这里跟踪它。" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为何使用Odoo讨论" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -469,30 +484,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过计划活动来提高条理性" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 msgid "" "Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " "reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " "undertake." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制定活动计划是跟踪工作情况的最佳方式。它可以提醒你需要完成的工作，安排后续活动的时间。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 msgid "" "Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" " your priorities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在Odoo中随时随地查看自己的活动。方便管理所有优先事项。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 msgid "" "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " "views. Here is an example for opportunities :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可通过聊天或在看板视图中计划和管理活动。请看下面的例子：" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置你的活动类型" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -500,27 +515,29 @@ msgid "" "call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" +"Odoo中包括了一些默认的活动类型（通话、邮件、会议等）。但你也可以在:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置 --> " +"活动类型`中，设置新类型。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安排会议" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "" "Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " "the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " "open to let you select a time slot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活动计划具体到某一天。如需设置小时，选择*会议*活动类型。在安排会议时，你可打开日历并选择一个时间段。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 msgid "" "If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " "their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果需要在其他活动类型中使用日历计划，请将其*类别*设定为*会议*。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安排一系列活动" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -528,16 +545,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " "following steps as *Recommended next activities*." msgstr "" +"Odoo可帮助你轻松安排一系列常规活动。前往:menuselection:`配置 --> 活动类型`并将以下常见步骤设置为*推荐的后续活动*。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 msgid "" "Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " "The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当一项活动完成后，你可选择*完成并安排下一项*。系统将自动向你提供下一项活动。" #: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" +msgstr "希望你通过制定活动计划变得更有条理！" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 7199ea457..0bc9cbcf9 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -6,11 +6,12 @@ # Translators: # fausthuang, 2018 # 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 # liAnGjiA , 2018 # george liu , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Robinxia , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Robinxia , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -591,7 +592,7 @@ msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何高价销售产品的替代物（追加销售）" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -689,6 +690,10 @@ msgid "" "`__ that " "you like." msgstr "" +"Authorize.Net是北美地区最受欢迎的电子商务支付平台之一。与大多数其他与Odoo兼容的支付收单机构不同，Authorize.Net只能用作`支付网关" +" " +"`__。这样你可使用自己喜欢的`支付处理机构和商户" +" `__。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" @@ -698,38 +703,38 @@ msgstr "创建Authorize.Net帐户" msgid "" "Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " "'Get Started'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击“开始”，创建`Authorize.Net账户 `__。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 msgid "" "In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" " both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " "press the related option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果想要将Authorize.net用作支付网关和商户，请在定价页面按*立即注册*。如想使用自己的商户，按下相关选项。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成注册步骤。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 msgid "" "The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " "account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "账户默认设置为测试账户。你可通过这个测试账户从Odoo处理测试交易。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "准备好之后，切换到**生产**模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置Odoo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 msgid "" "Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " "Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从:menuselection:`网站、销售或会计 --> 设置 --> 付款收单机构`，在Odoo中激活Authorize.Net。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." @@ -762,25 +767,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "评估Authorize.Net作为支付解决方案" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 msgid "" "You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " "account `__." msgstr "" +"你可创建`开发人员账户 `__，免费测试并评估Authorize.Net。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 msgid "" "Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" " as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建账户之后，你将收到沙盒凭据。根据上面的介绍在Odoo中输入凭据，确保仍在*测试*模式下。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 msgid "" "You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " "`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可登录`Authorize.Net沙盒平台 `__，配置你的沙盒账户。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -788,6 +794,8 @@ msgid "" " the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " "`__." msgstr "" +"如要执行虚拟交易，你可使用`Authorize.Net测试指南 " +"`__中提供的虚拟卡号。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`payment`" @@ -1089,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置你的Paypal账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1098,10 +1106,11 @@ msgid "" "definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " "where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." msgstr "" +"Paypal在世界各地都可以用，而且非常受欢迎。它不收取任何订阅费，创建帐户也非常容易。因为我们大力推荐Odoo新手使用Paypal。它就像我们无缝流程的一部分，将客户带到Paypal网站完成支付。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1115,13 +1124,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal中的设置" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，我们来看如何设置Paypal账户，以创建与Odoo之间的无缝客户体验。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1131,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动返回" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1146,11 +1155,11 @@ msgid "" "This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " "it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " "Odoo databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这个URL在Paypal中要求，但在实际中并不使用，Odoo在每笔事务中都会传输。如你管理多个销售渠道或Odoo数据库，请勿担心。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付数据传输(PDT)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1159,21 +1168,22 @@ msgid "" "must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"*支付数据传输*在支付处理完毕后向Odoo发出支付确认。否则，Odoo无法结束销售流程。这项设置也必须启动。保存时，将生成*身份令牌*。你稍后将被要求在Odoo中输入身份令牌。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal账户可选项" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议你在客户付款时不要提示他们登录Paypal账户。允许他们用借记卡/信用卡支付，否则你可能失去某些业务。确保启用这项设置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "即时付款通知(IPN)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1184,12 +1194,13 @@ msgid "" "guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " "receipt." msgstr "" +"支付数据传输(PDT)会发送订单确认，但仅发送一次。因此，在它发送时，你的站点必须正在运行；否则，就无法收到该信息。因此我们首先建议启用*即时付款通知*(IPN)。通过IPN，我们基本可以确保发送订单确认，因为IPN会重新发送确认，直到你的站点确认已收到。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 msgid "" "To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " "*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用IPN，返回*网站支付*菜单并在*即时付款通知*中点击*更新*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -1199,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付信息格式" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1214,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的Paypal账户已就绪！" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -1236,7 +1247,7 @@ msgstr "激活" msgid "" "Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " "apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售、账单和电子商务应用程序的配置栏或从*支付收单机构*配置菜单激活*Paypal*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 msgid "Credentials" @@ -1244,11 +1255,11 @@ msgstr "授权认证" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*邮件ID*是你在Paypal的登录电子邮件地址。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -1260,7 +1271,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" " here above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Transaction fees" @@ -1271,19 +1282,20 @@ msgid "" "You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " "cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " "your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入Odoo Paypal配置的配置选项卡并点击*添加额外费用*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." msgstr "" +"你可参考`Paypal费用 `__进行设置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -1295,14 +1307,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "上线" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的配置已就绪。主要切换到*生产*模式。然后点击支付方式旁边的*已发布*按钮，发布支付方式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -1311,26 +1323,27 @@ msgid "" "*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " "processed." msgstr "" +"Paypal现在电子商务、销售和发票应用程序中均可用。客户点击*现在支付*即会重定向到Paypal网站。在支付完成后，他们将返回Odoo确认页面。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试环境" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可利用Paypal沙盒账户，在Odoo中测试整个支付流程。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " "your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用你的Paypal凭据登录`Paypal开发人员站点 `__。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这将创建两个沙盒账户：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -1338,12 +1351,16 @@ msgid "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "`__)." msgstr "" +"一个企业账户（用作商户，例如，`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." msgstr "" +"一个默认个人账户（用作购物者，例如，`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com " +"`__）" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -1353,6 +1370,7 @@ msgid "" "automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" +"用商户账户登录Paypal沙盒并按同样的配置指令操作。在Odoo中输入你的沙盒凭据并确保Paypal仍设置为*测试环境*。同时确保电子商户设置中未激活自动开单功能，以免在完成后虚拟交易后生成发票。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 64fa0d2ff..2c21e42da 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jeffery CHEN , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 # liAnGjiA , 2018 # 凡 杨 , 2018 # John An , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Miao Zhou , 2020 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,13 +37,13 @@ msgstr "身份验证" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "因Azure OAuth接口实现的特殊要求，目前微软Azure OAuth身份校验与Odoo暂不兼容。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -103,57 +105,57 @@ msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码） #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何允许用户通过LDAP账户登录" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在通用设置中安装LDAP模块" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单击设置LDAP服务器中的**创建**。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择将要使用LDAP的公司" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**服务器信息**中，输入您服务器的IP地址及其监听的端口" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的服务器兼容，请勾选**用户TLS**。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**登录信息**中，输入用于查询服务器的帐户ID和密码。如果留空，服务器将匿名查询。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**过程参数**中，在LDAP命名中输入你的LDAP服务器余名（例如，``dc=example,dc=com``）。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**LDAP筛选器**中，输入``uid=%s``" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**用户信息**中，如果你希望Odoo在第一次使用LDAP登录时创建用户配置文件，请勾选*创建用户*。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**模板用户**中，为创建的新配置文件指定模板。如果留空，管理配置文件将用作模板。" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -363,6 +365,7 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo可自动检测特定列是否为日期，并且它还将从一组最常用的日期格式中猜测使用的日期格式。尽管这一过程可用于很多日期格式，但某些日期格式却无法识别。月和日倒置可能引起混淆；对于“01-03-2016”这样的格式，我们很难判断哪部分代表月份，哪部分代表日期。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -955,7 +958,7 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何生成Unsplash访问密钥" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -963,14 +966,16 @@ msgid "" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" +"**作为SaaS用户**，你可以使用Unsplash。你无需按照本指南来设置Unsplash信息，因为你将以透明的方式使用我们自己的Odoo " +"Unsplash密钥。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为**非Saas**用户生成Unsplash访问密钥" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在`Unsplash.com `_上创建用户。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -978,10 +983,11 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"前往你的`应用程序仪表板 `_ 并单击**新应用程序**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接受条件并点击**接受条款**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -990,33 +996,35 @@ msgid "" "that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " "**Create application**." msgstr "" +"你将被提示插入**应用程序名称**和**描述**。请将\"**Odoo:** " +"\"作为你的应用程序名称前缀，以便Unsplash将它识别为Odoo实例。完成后，点击**创建应用程序**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你将被重定向到你的应用程序详细信息页面。向下滚动并找到你的**访问密钥**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何生成Unsplash应用程序ID" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你应该首先使用本教程创建并设置你的Unsplash应用程序：:doc:`unsplash_access_key`。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1024,6 +1032,8 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"前往你的`应用程序仪表板 `_ " +"并在**你的应用程序**下点击新创建的Unsplash应用程序。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1031,10 +1041,11 @@ msgid "" "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" msgstr "" +"你将被重定向到你的应用程序详情页面。在你的浏览器URL中可以看到**应用程序ID**。URL类似于``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 39399e921..d96982f8c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # 演奏王 , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -196,7 +197,7 @@ msgid "" "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**用户故事**：这项技术清晰分割了单一联络点之间的责任，主要说明内容、原因和人员，以及回复处理方式问题的顾问。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -405,8 +406,8 @@ msgstr "8. 支持" msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你的项目进入生产阶段后，我们的支持团队将受理你的疑问或技术问题。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "参见:ref:`support-expectations`。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 5817b769a..6470b6041 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -6,8 +6,9 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2018 # mrshelly , 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 # 演奏王 , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -161,146 +162,146 @@ msgstr "‎如果您选择了 \"随机\" 或 \"平衡\" 分配方法, 您的票 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "他们将在此开始处理并解决工单！完成后，他们将工单移至已解决阶段。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我如何将工单标记为加急？" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " "Kanban view or on the ticket form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单上可以看到星标。你可在工单上选择一个或多个星标，表明工单紧急程度。你可在看板视图或工单表单中进行此操作。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要为员工设置服务级协议政策，首先在*设置*下启用设置。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此选择“配置SLA政策”并点击“创建”。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要填写服务台团队、工单最低优先层级（星标）和工单目标等信息。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单被阻止或已准备好进行处理怎么办？" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如工单无法解决或已被阻止，你可调整工单的“看板状态”。你有3种选择：" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" +msgstr "灰色 - 正常状态" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" +msgstr "红色 - 已阻止" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "绿色 - 准备好进入下一阶段" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "和代表紧急程度的星标类似，你可在看板视图或工单表单中调整其状态。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的员工如何凭工单记录时间？" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " "timesheets will log against." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入“设置”并选择“工单工时卡”选项。你可在显示的字段中选择记录项目的工时卡。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在你已选择一个项目，你可以保存。如你范湖工单，你将看到名为“工时卡”的新选项卡。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的员工可在此添加行，以便添加对此工单所做的工作。" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何让客户评价他们获得的服务" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你必须在“设置”下启动评分设置" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，当工单被移动到已解决或已完成阶段时，它会向客户发送邮件，要求其评价获得的服务。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录工单时间并开具发票" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" "You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " "in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " "spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以与客户签订服务合同，以便在出现问题时为他们提供帮助。为此，Odoo将帮助你记录解决问题所花的时间，以及向客户开具发票。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所需的模块" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " "needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " "them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要记录工单时间并开具发票，需要以下模块：服务台、项目、工时卡、销售。如果你还没有其中某些模块，前往应用程序模块，搜索并点击*安装*。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始提供“服务台”服务" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第1步：开启一个服务台项目" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 msgid "" "To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " ":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " "the *Timesheets* feature is activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要为“服务台”服务开启专门项目，首先前往:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 -->设置`并确保启用*工时卡*功能。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，进入仪表板，创建新项目并允许它使用工时卡。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第2步：召集服务台团队" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -310,48 +311,50 @@ msgid "" " activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " "previously created as well." msgstr "" +"如要建立一个负责服务台的团队，前往:menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> " +"服务台团队`并创建一个新团队或选择现有团队。在表单中，勾选*工单工时卡*，启用该功能。注意还需选择你之前已经创建的服务台项目。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第3步：启动服务台服务" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 msgid "" "Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" " *Units of Measure* feature is activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，如要启动新的服务台服务，首先前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并确保启用*计量单位*功能。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " "Make sure that the product is set as a service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，前往:menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`并创建新产品。确保将该产品设置为服务。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 msgid "" "Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " "unit will do." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议你在这里将*计量单位*设置为*小时*，但你也可设置任意单位。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 msgid "" "Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " "*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " "configuration :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "之后，在产品表单*销售*选项卡下面选择你的发票管理。在这里，我们建议以下配置：" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你已准备好开始接受工单！" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解决问题并记录花费的时间" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第1步：下单" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -361,10 +364,12 @@ msgid "" " recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " "the sale." msgstr "" +"现在，你在服务台模块，刚收到客户提交的工单。如要下新订单，前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " +"订单`并为你之前记录的服务台服务产品创建订单。设置协助客户所需的小时数并确认销售。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第2步：将任务关联到工单" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -372,35 +377,35 @@ msgid "" "task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" " the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" " and select the task on its form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你访问专门的服务台项目，会注意到已自动创建订单的新任务。如要将该任务与客户工单关联，前往服务台模块，访问该工单并在其表单上选择任务。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第3步：记录帮助客户所用的时间" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 msgid "" "The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " "performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " "*Timesheets* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作完成，客户问题已解决。如要记录执行此任务所用的小时数，返回工单表单并添加到*工时卡*选项卡之下。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 msgid "" "The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " "Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单上记录的小时数也会自动出现在工时卡模块和对应的任务上。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "第4步：向客户开具发票" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 msgid "" "To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" " had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " "appear as the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要向客户开具发票，返回销售模块并选择相应订单。注意工单表单上记录的小时数现在显示为已交付数量。" #: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 1157c5add..ba275792d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -10,13 +10,14 @@ # Shane Tsoi , 2018 # zpq001 , 2018 # mrshelly , 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 # liAnGjiA , 2018 # Connie Xiao , 2018 # Gary Wei , 2018 # bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2018 # roye w <159820@qq.com>, 2018 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -366,6 +367,8 @@ msgid "" "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" +" " +"**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -377,6 +380,10 @@ msgid "" "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" +"在繁忙的业务中，**移动电脑扫描器** " +"是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android" +" + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE " +"Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" @@ -1646,7 +1653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要设置安全日期，前往:menuselection:`设置 --> 一般设置`并点击**配置你的公司数据**。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -3979,14 +3986,14 @@ msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -5560,7 +5567,7 @@ msgstr "在补货规则部分, 点击添加项目。" msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " "possible :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此设置你的规则条件。有3种可能的操作类型：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" @@ -5569,11 +5576,11 @@ msgstr "从其他位置移动规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造规则将触发创建制造订单" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购规则将触发创建采购订单" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -5634,6 +5641,7 @@ msgid "" "have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " "inability to meet customer demand for the product." msgstr "" +"库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确，差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单，防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -5911,7 +5919,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中的落地成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5928,7 +5936,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向产品添加成本" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -6403,7 +6411,7 @@ msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index e55146d66..a7392c701 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2018 # liAnGjiA , 2018 # William Qi , 2018 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: William Qi , 2018\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "在线客服" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "与网站访客在线实时沟通" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -40,6 +41,8 @@ msgid "" "will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " "the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." msgstr "" +"通过Odoo在向客户， " +"你可与网站访问建立直接联系。访客屏幕上将会出现一个简单的对话框，并再次与你的销售代表联系。这样，你可轻松将访客转化为潜在商机。你还可以在此为客户提供协助。因此，它是改善客户满意度的完美工具。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" @@ -68,6 +71,8 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " "website." msgstr "" +"如果你通过Odoo创建的网站，则在线客服已自动加入网页中。现在你只需前往:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并选择需要链接到网站的频道。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" @@ -80,6 +85,7 @@ msgid "" "code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " "or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." msgstr "" +"如果你未使用Odoo创建网站，请前往在线客服模块并选择需要关联的频道。你只需要将提供的代码复制并粘贴到你的网站。页面还将提供一个特定的url，你将它发送给客户或供应商，即可进入实时聊天。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" @@ -93,6 +99,7 @@ msgid "" " does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " "of time it takes for the chat to appear." msgstr "" +"实时聊天的规则可在频道表单中定义。例如，你可选择在你能提供相应语言的国家显示聊天窗口。同时，你可在公司并无销售业务的国家隐藏聊天窗口。如你选择*自动弹出*，你还可设置聊天窗口出现的时长。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 msgid "Prepare automatic messages" @@ -103,7 +110,7 @@ msgid "" "On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" " to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" " through the live chat." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在频道表单的*选项*版块，可输入几条信息，它们将自动出现在聊天窗口。这将提示访客通过实时聊天与你联系。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 msgid "Start chatting with customers" @@ -116,36 +123,37 @@ msgid "" "the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " "Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." msgstr "" +"如要开始与客户聊天，首先确保聊天频道发布在你的网站上。在频道表单右上角选择*未在网站上发布*，切换*已发布*设置。然后，在操作人员加入频道后，实时聊天将开始。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 msgid "" "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " "website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果无操作人员和/或如频道未发布在网站上，则实时聊天按钮不会向访客显示。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" "Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " "addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " "answered wherever you are in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "访客发起的对话将直接弹出信息，同时还会显示在讨论模块中。因此，无论你在Odoo的哪个页面，均可回答访客问询。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 msgid "" "If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " "will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如有多名操作人员加入频道，系统将随机分配访客会话。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用命令" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 msgid "" "Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " "information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " "into the chat. The following actions are available :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "命令是指完成特定操作或访问需要的信息的有用快捷方式。如要使用本功能，只需在聊天中键入命令。系统提供以下命令操作：" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." @@ -153,11 +161,11 @@ msgstr "**/help** ：提示帮助消息" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/helpdesk**：创建服务台工单。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search**：搜索服务台工单。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." @@ -165,22 +173,22 @@ msgstr "**/history**：可以看到最近访问的15个页面" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/lead**：创建新线索。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/leave**：离开频道。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 msgid "" "If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " "generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " "The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果从聊天中创建工单，则生成的对话将自动显示为工单描述。在创建线索时也是如此。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送预设回复" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -191,6 +199,8 @@ msgid "" " to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " "assigned." msgstr "" +"预设回复用于创建常用一般语句的替代。只需键入一个词语即可显示整个回复，从而节约了时间。如要添加预设回复，前往:menuselection:`在线客服 " +"--> 配置 --> 预设回复`并根据需要创建。然后，在聊天中只需键入“：”及你分配的快捷方式，即可使有预设回复。" #: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 3e551ba3e..019998d9a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -3,14 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 +# liAnGjiA , 2018 +# Shane Tsoi , 2018 +# Datasource International , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Shane Tsoi , 2018\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -428,14 +435,14 @@ msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拆解产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " "managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" " unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo制造应用程序中，你可*拆解*产品。你可管理两种用例：(1)你可拆解自己创建的产品或(2)你可拆解接收的产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -443,13 +450,13 @@ msgid "" "of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " "of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们先看第一种情况，你自行制造产品。如果你的某件产品存在缺陷，你可能希望将它拆解而不是完全报废，以便重新利用产品中的某些部件。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 msgid "" "In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " "unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在第二种情况中，你购买产品的唯一目的就是将其拆解并回收。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 msgid "Unbuild Order" @@ -459,30 +466,30 @@ msgstr "拆解单" msgid "" "While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" " menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在制造应用程序中，在*操作*选项卡下，你可找到*拆解单*菜单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 msgid "" "When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " "something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " "something you received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新拆解单时，如果是拆解你自行制造的产品，可选择制造订单，如果是拆解你收到的产品，只需选择该产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，只需点击拆解，流程结束。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 msgid "" "If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " "components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你拆解的是之前制造的产品，制造订单中的部件将返回库存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 msgid "" "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " "BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你拆解的是购买的产品，物料清单中的部件将返回库存。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" @@ -490,32 +497,32 @@ msgstr "概览" #: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "维修管理" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "维修产品" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo*维修*应用程序不仅可管理完整的售后流程，还可轻松维修存在缺陷的已制造产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建维修单" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在应用程序中，你可访问现有*维修单*或创建新维修单。" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理维修" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -523,15 +530,15 @@ msgid "" " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " "customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" " might need, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当客户发给你需要维修的产品时，创建新的*维修单*，填写所有相关信息，如产品、客户、维修之前或之后是否需要开单、可能需要的零部件等。" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，你可将维修报价发送给客户。如批准，你可确认维修。然后，你可开始维修并在完成后结束维修。" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可就维修开单。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 9e657ddb4..e3c534315 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ # Wall, 2018 # LINYUN TONG , 2018 # Kenny Yang , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kenny Yang , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "Using barcodes in PoS" msgid "" "Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " "efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用条形码扫描仪处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 @@ -60,13 +61,13 @@ msgstr "配置" msgid "" "To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用条形码扫描仪，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " "select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在物联网工具箱/硬件类别下，你可找到*条形码扫描仪*并选择它。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 msgid "Add barcodes to product" @@ -76,13 +77,13 @@ msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 msgid "" "Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " "can input any barcode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条形码字段，你可在此输入任何条形码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 msgid "Scanning products" @@ -93,11 +94,11 @@ msgid "" "From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " "product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " "times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条形码扫描仪扫描任何条形码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Mercury接受信用卡支付" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -107,23 +108,25 @@ msgid "" "with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " "American businesses." msgstr "" +"在Odoo 11 PoS及集成读卡器中接受信用卡支付需要MercuryPay账户（参见`*MercuryPay网站* " +"`__）。MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 msgid "" "An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " "card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " "card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "集成读卡器的替代方法是使用独立的读卡器，然后将Odoo POS屏幕上的交易总额复制到读卡器中，并在Odoo POS中记录交易。 " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装Mercury" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 msgid "" "To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " "module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要安装Mercury，前往:menuselection:`应用程序`并搜索*Mercury*模块。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -142,24 +145,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为信用卡创建新配置并输入你的Mercury凭据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 支付方式`并创建新支付方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*POS*下，选择*在POS使用*后，你可选择刚才创建的Mercury凭据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你在验证付款时，有了用信用卡支付的新选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" @@ -242,41 +245,41 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新打印收据" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 msgid "" "To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 msgid "" "In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " "receipt printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新打印收据" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" @@ -284,18 +287,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用适合条形码扫描仪的折扣标记" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " "close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " "allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想打折销售产品，例如对于已经临期的产品，你可使用折扣标签。这样可以扫描折扣条形码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用折扣标签，你需要使用条形码扫描器。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" @@ -303,19 +306,19 @@ msgstr "条码命名规则" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使用折扣标签，我们需要了解条形码命名法。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "假设你想对以下条形码的产品打折：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " "interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在PoS界面设置下找到*默认命名法*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -323,30 +326,31 @@ msgid "" "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " "before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" msgstr "" +"假设你想对一个产品打折50%，你必须在添加产品条形码之前先加上22（用于折扣条形码命名）和50（用于折扣%）。 在我们的例子中，条形码应为：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "扫描产品和标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须首先扫描需要的产品（本例中为柠檬）。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " "finish the transaction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理忠诚度计划" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " "*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -354,10 +358,12 @@ msgid "" "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" +"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此创建并编辑忠诚度计划。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -365,11 +371,11 @@ msgid "" "discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " "range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " "everything in between." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可决定希望使用的忠诚度计划类型，如果奖励是折扣或礼品，可设置针对特定产品还是整个范围。应用规则，确保它仅对特定情况有效。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的PoS界面使用忠诚度计划" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -378,113 +384,114 @@ msgid "" "using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " "rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" +"在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用手动折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 msgid "" "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " "solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你不经常使用折扣功能，手动折扣可能是最适合你的销售点的简便方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 msgid "" "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可对整个订单或特定产品应用折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对产品应用折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从会话界面，使用*折扣*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 msgid "" "You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " "currently selected and the discount will be applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可对当前选择的产品输入折扣（百分比），则将应用折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用全局折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要对整个订单应用折扣，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 msgid "" "Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*定价*类别下，你可找到*全局折扣*，选择。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现新的*折扣*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 msgid "" "Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击，然后你可输入需要的折扣（百分比）。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 msgid "" "On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " "product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，你会发现全局折扣是50%，特定产品折扣也是50%。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用限时折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 msgid "" "Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " "seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " "pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供限时折扣或季节折扣，吸引客户并增加收入。Odoo强大的价格表功能，可支持最适合你公司的定价策略。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " "--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*价格表*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 msgid "" "Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " "define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" " on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你现在本POS中可用的价格表并定义默认价格表。你可点击*价格表*，访问你的全部价格表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建价格表" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 msgid "" "By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，你有*公开价格表*。如要创建更多，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 价格表`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -492,17 +499,17 @@ msgid "" "quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " "can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " "whole range." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可设置使用特定价格的几项标准：周期、最少数量（满足最低订购数量并获得价格折扣）等。你还可选择对特定产品或在整个范围内应用该价格表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在PoS界面使用价格表" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 msgid "" "You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " "select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，在*客户*按钮上方有一个新按钮，即刻使用并选择正确的价格表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze sales" @@ -510,32 +517,32 @@ msgstr "分析销售" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看你的POS统计数据" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 msgid "" "Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " "provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " "statistics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "跟踪销售情况对于任何企业都至关重要。因此，Odoo为你提供分析销售情况并获取有意义统计数据的实用视图。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看你的统计数据" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 msgid "" "To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " "--> Orders`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要访问你的统计数据，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 报告 --> 订单`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" +msgstr " 然后，你可以图形或透视表形式查看各种统计数据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可点击此处访问统计视图" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" @@ -600,7 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个POS配置注册的物联网盒" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" @@ -619,6 +626,9 @@ msgid "" "can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" " to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" +"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的物联网盒。这种物联网盒与普通的类似, " +"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的物联网盒上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过物联网盒主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被物联网盒识别" +" 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" @@ -637,6 +647,10 @@ msgid "" "transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " "VAT signing card." msgstr "" +"通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序（技术名称：``pos_blackbox_be``），Odoo " +"POS应用程序可具备认证的POS功能。由于政府对我们的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, " +"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册物联网盒（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并确保硬件代理/物联网盒及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" @@ -685,11 +699,11 @@ msgstr "产品销售没有有效的税收" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个物联网盒不允许多个Odoo POS配置" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在不连入物联网盒（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" @@ -701,7 +715,7 @@ msgstr "概览" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册客户" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -709,30 +723,30 @@ msgid "" "privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " "will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" " any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册客户有助于给予他们折扣、忠诚度计划、具体沟通等特权。如果他们想要发票，注册后也能让未来的互动更快捷。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建客户" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从会话界面，使用客户按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过这个按钮创建新客户。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要填写客户信息表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 msgid "" "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " "any future transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" @@ -744,6 +758,7 @@ msgid "" "interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " "iPads, Android tablets or laptops." msgstr "" +"Odoo POS在线应用程序基于简单、用户友好的界面。**POS** 应用程序可在ipad、Android平板电脑或笔记本电脑上使用，在线或离线均可。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -752,6 +767,8 @@ msgid "" "registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " "customer can be identified from the app." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"POS应用程序与库存和会计应用程序全面集成。POS的任何交易都将自动登记到库存和会计条目中，由于应用程序可识别客户，还将登记到CRM应用程序中。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -761,37 +778,37 @@ msgstr "无需繁琐的外部程序集成，就可以实时统计所有门店数 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装POS应用程序" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往应用程序页面并安装POS应用程序。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 msgid "" "If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " "accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " "settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你使用Odoo会计应用程序，请勿忘记安装账户图表。你可在会计设置中进行此操作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使产品在POS中可用" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 msgid "" "To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" " in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要使产品在POS可供销售，打开产品，进入销售选项卡并勾选*在POS可用*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 msgid "" "You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可在此定义产品是否需要称重。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置支付方式" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -799,33 +816,35 @@ msgid "" " of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " "Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." msgstr "" +"如要为POS添加新的支付方式，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS --> 选择POS --> " +"前往支付版块`并点击“支付方式”链接。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 msgid "" "Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" " in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可创建新支付方式。请勿忘记勾选*在POS使用*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 msgid "" "Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" " you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建支付方式后，你可在POS配置中决定可用该支付方式的POS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置POS" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" " select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " "edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择需要配置的POS。你可在本菜单中编辑POS的所有设置。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建首个PoS会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 msgid "Your first order" @@ -835,58 +854,58 @@ msgstr "第一个订单" msgid "" "You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " "dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可通过PoS完成首笔销售交易。你可从PoS仪表板查看所有POS，也可开始新会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在你已进入PoS界面" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 msgid "" "Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " "payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " "and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单完成后，你可登记付款。页面左侧将显示所有可用的付款方式。选择合适的付款方式并输入收到的金额。然后，你可验证付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可登记下一个订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭PoS会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 msgid "" "At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " "the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " "now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一天结束后，你可关闭PoS会话。为此，点击右上角出现的关闭按钮并确认。现在，你可从仪表板关闭会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 msgid "" "It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们强烈建议你在每天结束后关闭PoS会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你将看到每种支付方式的所有交易摘要。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 msgid "" "You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" " paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击摘要的其中一行，你将看到在此PoS会话期间通过此支付方式支付的所有订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 msgid "" "If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " "closing entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果检查无误，你可验证此PoS会话并将关闭的条目过账。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，你即可结束首个PoS会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -900,228 +919,228 @@ msgstr "高级的餐馆功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " "is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " "definitive ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用*账单打印*功能，在付款前打印账单。这项功能适合账单还有可能出现变化，因此不是最终单据的情况。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置账单打印" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到*账单打印*选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分拆账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印厨房或酒吧的订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 msgid "" "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " "printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " "can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为简化前台和后厨之间的工作流程，直接在厨房或吧台打印PoS界面的订单可带来极大的方便。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." " Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在物联网盒/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过物联网盒将打印机接入PoS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加打印机" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" " you can add the printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在配置菜单中，你现在可以看到*订单打印机*选项，可在此添加打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印厨房/吧台订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择或创建打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在厨房/吧台打印订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面上会出现*订单*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记多个订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " "simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可同时登记多个订单，为你带来所需的灵活性。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记额外的订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你在登记订单过程中，你可通过*+*按钮，添加新订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 msgid "" "You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " "needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可在各个订单之间切换，根据需要处理付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 msgid "" "By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过*-*按钮，你可删除目前所在的订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置PoS厨房/吧台" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " "Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo POS应用程序可帮助你满足作为餐饮行业企业的具体需求。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*酒吧/餐馆*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*是酒吧/餐馆*" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 msgid "" "You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " "You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你会看到多个具体选项，帮助你设置POS。这些选项旁边都有小刀叉标志。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供拆分账单炫炫" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 msgid "" "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " "with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" "box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验。因此，Odoo POS应用程序提供开箱即用的这项功能。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " "option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到账单拆分选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拆分账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现*拆分*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 msgid "" "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置餐台管理" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 msgid "" "Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" " *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " "Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在将POS应用程序配置为酒吧/餐馆使用后，在:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`选择*餐台管理*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加楼层" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 msgid "" "When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" " *Floors*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在选择*餐台管理*后，你可点击*楼层*，对楼层进行管理。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加餐台" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你从PoS界面可看到所有楼层。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 msgid "" "When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" " you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击铅笔图标，你将进入编辑模式，你可在此创建、移动并修改餐台等。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1130,68 +1149,69 @@ msgid "" "change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " "duplicate them with the handy tool bar." msgstr "" +"在本例中，我有2张六人座圆桌和2张四人座方桌，我用颜色表示它们，以便于查找，通过工具栏，你可以重命名餐台，更改它们的形状、大小、座位数及复制餐台。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在设置楼层平面图之后，可关闭编辑模式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记餐台订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 msgid "" "When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " "register an order and payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择餐台后，你将进入常规界面登记订单和付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 msgid "" "You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" " you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可选择楼层按钮，快速返回楼层平面图，也可将订单转至其他餐台。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 msgid "" "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " "important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于许多国家都有付小费的习惯，PoS界面必须有这个选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置小费" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " "create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*小费*选项。选择并创建*小费产品*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将小费加入账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调换顾客餐台" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1199,21 +1219,21 @@ msgid "" "order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " "new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " "you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果顾客在下单后想要调换餐台，Odoo可帮助你将顾客和订单转移到新餐台，让顾客满意，也省却你的麻烦。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调换顾客" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择顾客目前所在的餐台。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 msgid "" "You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " "select the new table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你只需要使用调换按钮，选择新餐台，即可完成调换。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Shop Features" @@ -1221,124 +1241,124 @@ msgstr "高级门店属性" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置POS的现金控制" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " "and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " "is missing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现金控制可在开台和关台时清点钱箱金额。以确保金额无误，无现金遗失。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用现金管理" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在支付类别下，你可找到现金控制选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 msgid "" "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " "the opening and closing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，你可以看到我想在开台和关台时有275美元各种面额的现金。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 msgid "" "When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" " values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**开台/关台金额**，你可创建这些金额。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 msgid "" "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " "Balance*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开一个会话，你可看到新添加按钮*设置开台余额*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 msgid "" "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " "modify it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它默认为你之前添加的值，但你可修改它。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 msgid "" "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " "button as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要关闭会话，你可使用*设置关台余额*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 msgid "" "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" " have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可看到理论余额、实际关台余额（你刚计数的结果）和二者之间的差异。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 msgid "" "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " "this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " "of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些顾客在销售点购物后可能索取发票，你可通过PoS界面直接管理。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用开具发票功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" " select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 msgid "" "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " "Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*账单和收据*类别下，你可看到开具发票选项，勾选它。请勿忘记选择创建发票的日记账。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择顾客" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用会话界面的顾客按钮" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " "or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可选择现有顾客并将其设置为你的顾客，也可通过此按钮创建新顾客。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 msgid "" "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你需要填写顾客信息。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your customer" @@ -1348,15 +1368,15 @@ msgstr "给客户开票" msgid "" "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " "select it and validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在在付款页面可看到发票选项，点击按钮选择并验证发票。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可以打印发票并转到下一个订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检索发票" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1366,27 +1386,29 @@ msgid "" " have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " "invoice." msgstr "" +"离开PoS界面（右上角的:menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在:menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " +"订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "接受退货和退款产品" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 msgid "" "Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " "customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " "therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "周全的退货政策是吸引并留住客户的关键。因此，接受退货及退款也是你的*POS*界面的重要方面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 msgid "" "From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " "to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" " they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*POS*界面，选择客户想要退货的产品，使用+/-按钮并输入需要退货的数量。如需处理多件产品退货，重复这一流程。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 msgid "" "As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " "to process the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以看到总金额变为负数，要完成退款，你只需继续进入支付页面。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index f5b6b1520..067318a32 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2018 # John An , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: John An , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ msgid "" "In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " "you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " "subscriptions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在门户的这个版块，你可以找到你与Odoo之间的所有通信：报价、销售订单、发票和订阅等文件。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ msgid "" "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " "quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " "your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里是你发送给Odoo的所有报价。举例来说，你将应用程序或用户添加到数据库后或你的合同需要展期时，可生成报价。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -57,14 +58,14 @@ msgid "" "valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " "the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " "pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*有效期至*列显示了报价有效的日期；在此日期之后，报价将“到期”。点击报价，你可查看所有详情，如定价和其他有用的信息。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 msgid "" "If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " "quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" " for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想要接受报价，只需点击“接受并付款”，即可确认报价。如你不想接受报价或想要求修改某些细节，点击“要求修改/拒绝”。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 msgid "Sales Orders" @@ -74,13 +75,13 @@ msgstr "销售订单" msgid "" "All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" " registered under this section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你在Odoo内（向上销售、主题、应用程序等）将登记在本版块。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 msgid "" "By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " "purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击销售订单，你可查看采购的产品详情和付款流程。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 msgid "Invoices" @@ -91,13 +92,13 @@ msgid "" "All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " "this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" " been paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的订阅和/或销售订单发票将显示在本版块。应付金额前的标记显示发票是否已经付款。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 msgid "" "Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " "invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需查看更多信息、支付发票或下载PDF文件，只需点击发票。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 msgid "Tickets" @@ -110,6 +111,8 @@ msgid "" "opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " "IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." msgstr "" +"当你通过`Odoo支持 " +"`提交工单后，系统将创建工单。你可在此查看已经打开的所有工单、你与我们的代理之间的对话以及工单状态和ID（参考编号）。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 msgid "Subscriptions" @@ -119,27 +122,27 @@ msgstr "订阅" msgid "" "You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " "page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从本版块访问你在Odoo的订阅。首页显示已有的订阅及其状态。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 msgid "" "By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " "your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " "and the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击订阅，你可访问订阅计划的所有详情；采购的应用程序数量、账单信息和支付方式。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 msgid "" "To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " "the new credit card details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要更改支付方式，点击“更改支付方式”并输入新的信用卡详情。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " "clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" " \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需删除已保存的信用卡，只需点击页面底部的“管理你的支付方式”。点击“删除”，即可删除该支付方式。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -152,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务包" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -161,9 +164,10 @@ msgid "" "and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " "hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." msgstr "" +"在订购服务包/合作伙伴服务包之后，我们将为你分配一名专家，提供独特的个性化协助，帮助你在初始实施过程中定制解决方案并优化工作流程。服务包包含的小时数永不过期，你可在需要支持时随时使用。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要数据库管理的信息，请参见:ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index cf671a6f2..a7065487d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -7,12 +7,13 @@ # liAnGjiA , 2018 # Martin Trigaux, 2018 # mrshelly , 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 # Gary Wei , 2018 # zyx , 2018 # fausthuang, 2018 # Kate Lee , 2018 # LINYUN TONG , 2018 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: LINYUN TONG , 2018\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -224,11 +225,11 @@ msgid "" "And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" " task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " "spent on that task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后是**工时表**应用程序，工时表不仅可从销售订单创建任务，还可根据该任务所花费的时间向客户开单。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "只需进入应用程序模块并安装以下各项：" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" @@ -329,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" @@ -985,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "在任务中, 点击 **编辑**, 打开**工时表** 再点击 **增加 #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可视化项目任务" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -994,30 +995,30 @@ msgid "" "to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " "enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " "have to cope with." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在日常业务中，你公司可能有重要的、复杂的任务要履行，需要及时提醒并全面跟进。幸运的是，Odoo可有效地可视化并组织不同的任务。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建任务" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 msgid "" "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目应用程序中，选择已有项目或创建新项目。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目中，创建新任务。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 msgid "" "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " "deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可将任务分配给合适的人员、添加标记、截止日期、描述，以及你需要的所有其他内容。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过看板视图查看你的任务" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1045,11 +1046,11 @@ msgid "" "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " "the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" " and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可通过看板视图上的小圆点，直接通知同事该任务的状态，系统将通知关注任务的人员，显示任务是否准备妥当。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在看板视图中将任务排序" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1058,34 +1059,35 @@ msgid "" "using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" " to their creation date." msgstr "" +"任务排序的标准为按优先级（你可点击时钟旁边的星号赋予其优先级），然后按顺序（意思是你可以通过拖放手动移动任务顺序），最后是按其创建日期关联的ID。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 msgid "" "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "超过截止日期的任务在看板视图中显示为红色。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 msgid "" "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " "the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你将低优先级任务置于顶部，下次返回仪表板时，它会移回高优先级任务之下。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过日历视图管理截止日期" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 msgid "" "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " "allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " "easily in a single window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可从看板视图切换到日历视图，查看每项任务的截止日期，并从单一窗口轻松设置截止日期。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 msgid "" "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " "filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任务按其所分配的员工标记不同的颜色，你可选择查看某位员工的截止日期，按员工筛选截止日期。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index cbf0dd64a..b2eef2d39 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ # Gary Wei , 2018 # fausthuang, 2018 # Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2018 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2018 # keecome <7017511@qq.com>, 2018 # 湘子 南 <1360857908@qq.com>, 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 湘子 南 <1360857908@qq.com>, 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,13 +44,13 @@ msgstr "主数据" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入供应商价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 msgid "" "It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " "to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入供应商价格表对于了解产品最新定价至关重要。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 @@ -71,29 +72,29 @@ msgstr "配置" msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选“供应商价格表”。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请勿忘记在左上角保存设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要导入，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商价格表`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 msgid "" "Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " "import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加载文件，检查各项是否正确，然后点击导入。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是栏目模板示例。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -103,29 +104,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置一种产品的多家供应商" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 msgid "" "If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " "product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你需要从多家供应商采购一种产品，Odoo可直接将它们关联到一种产品之下。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品添加供应商" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " "select a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 产品`，然后选择一种产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 msgid "" "From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " "on the fly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此为产品添加现有供应商或快速创建新供应商。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -135,24 +136,24 @@ msgstr "每次当产品第一次从一个新的供应商处被采购, Odoo会自 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加产品和数量及有效期" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 msgid "" "When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " "product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " "period." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在向产品添加供应商时，你可添加供应商产品名称和代码，以及设定最小数量、价格和有效期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 msgid "" "This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " "t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的这项功能也适用于产品的变体，比如不同尺寸的同一款T恤。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购与销售使用不同的计量单位" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -343,64 +344,64 @@ msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把 **平方米** 做为计量单位, 把 ** #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "询价单和采购订单 " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过三方面匹配确定支付供应商账单的时点" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 msgid "" "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " "the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " "products have been received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些行业，你可能在收到订购的产品之前就收到了供应商账单。但是，你可能不想在尚未收到产品时付款。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" " call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了定义是否应该支付供应商账单，你可以使用*3方面匹配*来确定。它指的是将*采购订单*，*供应商账单*和*收据*上的信息进行比对。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 msgid "" "The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " "bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3方面匹配帮助你避免错误的支付或者欺诈的供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*3方面匹配*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 msgid "" "With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " "on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在启用此功能后，在*其他信息*选项卡下的供应商账单上会显示新的*应付*行。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 msgid "" "That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " "not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，你在Odoo上可以轻松查看是否需要支付供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 msgid "" "The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " "this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" " able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "状态由Odoo自动定义。但是，如果你想手动定义这个状态，你可以勾选强制状态框，然后你就可以手动设置是否应该支付供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析我的供应商的表现" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -454,7 +455,7 @@ msgstr "发布一些采购订单" msgid "" "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " "some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，为了分析供应商的表现，你需要发布一些**询价单** (RFQ)并确认**采购订单**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" @@ -533,13 +534,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请求经理审批高价订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 msgid "" "In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " "the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于高价订单，你可能需要经理审批并验证订单。Odoo也可轻松完成这项设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -547,28 +548,29 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " "also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." msgstr "" +"如要启动本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*订单审批*功能。你也可在此设定启用这项功能的最低金额限制。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 msgid "" "While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" " and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " "new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新询价单时，如果订单由用户创建而不是经理创建，且订单金额超过你规定的最低金额，这个流程中将引入新的*待审批*状态。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "审批订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 msgid "" "If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " "approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " "of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是采购经理，你现在可以进入采购订单，在确认无误后批准订单。让你全面控制允许/不允许用户进行的操作。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." @@ -583,39 +585,39 @@ msgid "" "With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" " Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" " you receive the goods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在Odoo中定义设置并用于控制账单。*账单控制*可用于选择供应商是在你收到货物之前或之后发送账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择你控制账单的方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更改控制政策" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" "While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" " always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " "page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "尽管以上设置将作为默认的账单控制方法，但你始终可以通过每个产品页面*采购*选项卡选择产品的开单方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" "You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以希望针对不同类型的产品使用不同设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证供应商账单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" "If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " "*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你尚未收到*发货*选项卡*采购订单*下的任何产品" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -624,10 +626,11 @@ msgid "" " units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " "quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" +"根据以上定义的账单政策。如果你应按照订购数量开单，Odoo将按订购的单位数量拟定账单。如果你应按照收到数量开单，Odoo将如上所示拟定0的账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -762,7 +765,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`reception` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -924,30 +927,30 @@ msgstr "询价单的状态会变成采购订单。在右上角的标签会显示 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品代发货" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" " but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " "customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "代发货是指供应商不保有产品库存，而是由生产商直接将产品发给客户。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 msgid "" "You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " "to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能需要*销售*、*库存*和*采购*模块。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用直运功能" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择*直运*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -955,25 +958,25 @@ msgid "" "tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " "will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " "drop shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已创建新路径*直运*。你可进入产品页面并勾选直运路径。你还需定义从哪家供应商购买产品。之后， 每次售出该产品时，都会采用直运方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "" "If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " "front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果该产品有时不需要直运，你可前往:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*特定订单直运*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "" "When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " "per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " "dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建报价或销售订单时，你可按订单行逐一决定是否需要直运，只需选择销售订单行的直运路径。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品直运" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -983,39 +986,40 @@ msgid "" "transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" " through your own stock." msgstr "" +"在产品销售订单被确认后，Odoo将生成报价请求，以购买产品给供应商。如果你确认了采购订单的报价请求，它将创建供应商与客户之间的直接转移。产品不会经过你的库存。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "锁定采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在订单被确认后，你可将其锁定，避免进一步编辑。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*锁定已确认订单*功能" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "锁定订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 msgid "" "While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " "the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在处理订单过程中，确认订单后，你可将其锁定，避免对该文件进行任何进一步修改。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需进行其他更改，你可解锁该文件。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "控制收到的产品（全部和部分）" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1165,13 +1169,13 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cancel` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对采购订单提出警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " "purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*警告*功能可根据供应商或产品对采购订单提出警告或阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1179,48 +1183,48 @@ msgid "" "raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " "be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果某供应商经常出问题，你可能想在向该供应商采购时提出警告。如果某产品即将停产，你可能想在采购订单上发出阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*警告*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对供应商添加警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 msgid "" "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " "Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " "blocking message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当启用本功能后，供应商的*内部备注*选项卡下将出现一个新选项。你可决定添加简单的警告或是阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对产品添加警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 msgid "" "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" " on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当启用本功能后，产品页面的*采购*选项卡下将出现一个新选项，你可在此添加警告或是阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "试图在警告或阻止信息情况下进行采购" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 msgid "" "If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " "with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你试图确认带有警告的供应商或产品的*采购订单*，页面将显示信息。你可点击确认，忽略该信息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，如果是阻止信息，你无法将它直接忽略。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Agreements" @@ -1228,71 +1232,71 @@ msgstr "采购协议" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理空白订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " "supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " "negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "总括订单是指客户允许供应商在一段时间内按多个日期交货的采购订单，总括订单通常会利用预先确定定价的优势。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始一个总括订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 msgid "" "To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " "Agreements`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 采购协议`。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " "drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建采购协议后，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*总括订单*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 msgid "" "You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " "product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可以创建新的总括订单，选择供应商、产品、协议截止日期、订货日期和交货日期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " "will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " "the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查采购协议并确认。它的状态将从*草稿*变为*进行中*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从总括订单创建询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 msgid "" "From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " "the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " "choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从总括订单创建新报价，Odoo将按总括订单中的产品自动填写该文件，你只需要选择数量并确认订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" "When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" " you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你返回总括订单时，可以看到已经从总括订单订购的产品数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的供应商价格" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1300,80 +1304,80 @@ msgid "" "product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " "priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " "name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在验证总括订单后，产品页面将添加一行新的供应商信息。你可通过供应商名称左侧的箭头查看哪些产品与总括订单关联并予以优先考虑。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 msgid "" "Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " "(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于这项功能，总括订单可用于自动补货（使用*再次订购规则*或*定制*配置）。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " "link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可从经典询价单目录创建*询价单*并将它们与已有的*总括订单*关联。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 msgid "" "A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " "vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" +msgstr "招标是指要求多家供应商报价以获取最有意向价格的特殊程序。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往:menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 msgid "" "Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " "and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的采购协议，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*招标*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " "from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " "right corner of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查采购协议并确认，它的状态将从*草稿*变为*已确认*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从招标页面请求新报价" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 msgid "" "From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " "from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在招标页面，Odoo将从你的招标产品中自动填充询价单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择最佳报价" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 msgid "" "The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" " *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你选择并确认最佳报价后，与招标相关的所有询价单和订单都将显示在*询价单/订单*按钮下。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成招标后，请勿忘记关闭。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -1385,40 +1389,40 @@ msgstr "补货流程" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安排收货和发货" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 msgid "" "To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " "Times*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要管理供应链排期，你需使用Odoo*前置时间*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 msgid "" "*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " "manufacture products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*前置时间*指接收、交付或制造产品预计所需时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 msgid "" "The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " "product to you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商前置时间是指供应商向你交付产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " "purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " "lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置供应商前置时间，前往产品页面，在采购选项卡下，点击*供应商*，你可在此更改供应商和产品的交付前置时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 msgid "Customer Lead Time" @@ -1428,103 +1432,103 @@ msgstr "客户前置时间" msgid "" "The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " "the product to your customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户前置时间则是指你向客户交付产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " "*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置你的客户前置时间，打开产品并进入*库存*选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 msgid "" "The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造前置时间是指你制造产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " "*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置你的制造前置时间，打开产品并进入*库存*选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置安全前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " "potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " "engagements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo还可配置*安全天数*，以便应对供应链可能的延迟，确保履行契约。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 msgid "" "The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " "Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " "various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最简便的方法是从任意模块进入*设置*页面，并在搜索栏键入*前置时间*。在此勾选每个方框并根据需求配置*安全前置时间*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " "*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者，你可进入*库存*模块和*制造*模块的设置页面，配置上述设置。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" +msgstr "某用例中的前置时间和安全时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 msgid "" "For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " "and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " "is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你今天（1月1日）卖出一辆订购轿车，你向客户承诺在20天内（1月20日）交付。以下是你的产品配置：" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售的安全前置时间：1天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购的安全前置时间：1天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商交付前置时间：9天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 msgid "" "In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" " your configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情形下，排期程序将根据你的配置触发以下事件。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 msgid "" "January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " "time for Sales)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月19日：排定的交付日期（1月20日 - 1天的销售安全前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 msgid "" "January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " "time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月18日：排定的接收日期（1月19日 - 1天的采购安全前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 msgid "" "January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " "9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月10日：订购日期 = 向你的供应商下单的截止日期（1月19日 - 9天的供应商前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运设置" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 @@ -1579,118 +1583,118 @@ msgstr "为了能给发货开发票, 你必须在你的产品上设置你的开 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据销售（订货型生产）触发采购订单" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 msgid "" "If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " "orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你未保有产品库存，可能需要按每笔销售触发采购订单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" " just one step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo拥有全面集成的解决方案，只需一步即可轻松完成此操作。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置产品" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 msgid "" "Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " "*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开产品表单，在库存选项卡下，勾选*采购*和*订货型生产*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请勿忘记还需在*采购*选项卡下设置供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 msgid "" "The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " "Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能需要Odoo安装*库存*、*销售*和*采购*模块。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用采购和订货型生产创建销售订单" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 msgid "" "Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " "delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品创建新的销售订单。在你确认订单后，系统将创建交货订单，状态为*等待下一项操作*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 msgid "" "A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " "that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " "*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*采购*模块将自动创建新的询价单。请注意，通过询价单上的*源文件*字段，你可查看询价单是根据哪张销售订单创建的。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 msgid "" "When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " "created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" " *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你确认询价单并将其变为采购订单后，系统将自动创建收据，并可通过*发货*按钮直接从采购订单访问。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 msgid "" "You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " "delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可验证产品接收情况。当你返回交付订单时，可以看到产品已准备好发货。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 msgid "" "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " "automatically under it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只要询价单未确认，Odoo将自动在下面添加采购订单行。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用再次订购规则，不必担心库存耗尽" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 msgid "" "To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " "*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " "you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了避免库存耗尽，你可以为产品定义*再次订购规则*。利用再次订购规则，Odoo将在库存达到最小库存水平时补货。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置再次订购规则" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开库存产品，你将看到*再次订购规则*选项卡。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 msgid "" "You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可从:menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 再次订购规则`访问所有的再次订购规则。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 msgid "" "Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " "product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " "it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下一个菜单中，你可创建与产品关联的再次订购规则。之后，当产品达到最小数量时，它会自动将库存补充至**最大数量**。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 msgid "" "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " "module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " "12:00PM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货会在库存模块的排程器运行时发生。默认情况下, 排程器会在每天晚上12 :00运行。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" @@ -1701,7 +1705,7 @@ msgid "" "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" " stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " "the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从现在起, 每次有再次订购规则的产品达到最小库存时，系统会根据产品配置（例如，创建询价单、创建生产订单等），自动判断如何满足该需求。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 msgid "Troubleshooting" @@ -1716,6 +1720,7 @@ msgid "" " a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " "issue with the configuration." msgstr "" +"为了确保再次订购规则正常运行，你必须正确配置产品。如你使用*采购*路径，你需要提供产品供应商。如你使用*制造*路径，你需要提供产品物料清单。如产品未完全配置或路径有误，系统将在产品上记录下一项活动，通知你配置存在问题。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 3dcf2bd2c..b31d0f6e0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -5,10 +5,11 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # liAnGjiA , 2019 # 演奏王 , 2019 # inspur qiuguodong , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:34+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: inspur qiuguodong , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,13 +32,13 @@ msgstr "支持" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持的版本" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo为**最近的3个主要版本**提供支持和漏洞修复服务。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -45,38 +46,40 @@ msgid "" "called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " "published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." msgstr "" +"托管在**Odoo " +"Online**的用户也可使用中间版本（有时称为*SaaS版本*），Odoo同样为其提供支持。这些版本未在Odoo.sh或本地部署安装中发布。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的Odoo享受哪些支持状态？" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下表是每个版本的支持状态。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**主要版本为黑体字。**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Online" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地部署" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布日期" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 @@ -94,11 +97,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2019年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 @@ -119,39 +122,39 @@ msgstr "N/A" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2019年8月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2018年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2018年4月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2017年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*计划2020年10月结束支持*" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 @@ -166,19 +169,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2017年3月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2017年1月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 @@ -188,39 +191,39 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2016年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2016年5月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2015年10月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2015年2月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2014年9月" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 msgid "🟢 Supported version" @@ -232,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "无 从未在此平台发布" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -242,26 +245,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "🏁 未来版本，尚未发布" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:66 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我运行老版本Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:68 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenERP 7.0、6.1、6.0和5.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:70 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "TinyERP 4.0、3.0、2.0和1.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:72 msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你应考虑`升级 `_数据库。" #: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 msgid "Contribute to the documentation" @@ -505,11 +508,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持服务有哪些内容？" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每周5天" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -583,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "如何使用我们的软件的培训（我们将引导您访问我们的 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将文件导入你的数据库" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -599,13 +602,13 @@ msgstr "如何设置配置模型（示例包括：库存路线、付款条款、 #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你自己的服务器上进行任何干预/部署Odoo" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 msgid "" "Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " "etc)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你自己的第三方账户上进行任何干预（Ingenico、Authorize、UPS等）" #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -627,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在哪里获取支持？" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 msgid "Odoo Enterprise" @@ -640,10 +643,13 @@ msgid "" "matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " "server)." msgstr "" +"拥有有效Odoo企业版订阅的用户可随时通过我们的`支持表单 " +"`_联系我们的支持团队，无论你选择哪种托管类型（Odoo " +"Online、Odoo.sh或在你自己的服务器上）。" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请在支持请求中提供：" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "your subscription number," @@ -657,29 +663,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们的代理将尽快回复你。" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo社区" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Odoo社区用户没有支持服务权限。*" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是可能有用的一些资源：" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们的`文档页面 `。" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在`社区论坛 `_提问。" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index b60965430..41d74b750 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -15,13 +15,14 @@ # 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 # e2f , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2019 # Xia Fajin , 2019 # fausthuang, 2019 # n37r06u3 , 2019 # guohuadeng , 2019 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2019 # inspur qiuguodong , 2019 +# Datasource International , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-16 15:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: inspur qiuguodong , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化(SEO)。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -189,6 +190,8 @@ msgid "" "should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" +"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快, " +"页面应该有且仅有一个标题```

`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -196,12 +199,13 @@ msgid "" "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " "you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" +"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO, Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但首先，我们首先来看如何微调网站内容和元标签，从而轻松提升网站排名。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" @@ -209,7 +213,7 @@ msgstr "元标签" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "标题、描述" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -219,6 +223,8 @@ msgid "" " you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " "otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." msgstr "" +"每个网页都应该定义 ````、``<description>`` 和 ``<keywords>`` " +"。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" @@ -232,23 +238,24 @@ msgid "" "content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " "the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." msgstr "" +"为了撰写优质内容并提升你的流量，Odoo提供了``<keyword>``查找器。这些关键字是你想引至网站的搜索内容。对于每个关键字，你要关注它如何用在内容（H1、H2、网页标题、网页描述、网页内容）中及其与Google相关搜索的关系。使用的关键字越多，效果越好。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " "search tags." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的网站使用多种语言，你可以为单个页面的每种语言使用Promote工具，并设置特定的标题、描述和搜索标签。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" +msgstr " 内容为王" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当谈到搜索引擎优化时，始终记住内容为王。Odoo提供了几个模块，帮助你在网站上建立内容：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." @@ -289,21 +296,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " "content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." msgstr "" +"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访客输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用社交网络" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " "are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "社交媒体是为大众分享而建立的。如果很多人在社交媒体上分享你的内容，那么很可能会有更多的人链接到它，链接是SEO排名的一个重大因素。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo嵌入多项工具来通过社交媒体分享内容：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 msgid "Social Network" @@ -313,7 +321,7 @@ msgstr "社交网络" msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到您的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" @@ -324,14 +332,14 @@ msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " "media wall." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将构建块*分享*放在你想要访客分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " "your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数社交媒体使用图片来装饰分享发帖。Odoo默认使用网站标志，但你可在推广工具中为你的网页选择任何其他图片。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" @@ -342,7 +350,7 @@ msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " "timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "放置构建块*Facebook页面*，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访客关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" @@ -352,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr "Twitter 滚动条" msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的网站上显示Twitter上的客户满意度评价。这将增加推文和分享的数量。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 msgid "Test Your Website" @@ -368,11 +376,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL处理" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节介绍Odoo如何让URL实现SEO优化。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 msgid "URLs Structure" @@ -404,12 +412,15 @@ msgid "" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " "page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = " +"网页的语言。如果访客浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" +"/my-great-product-31" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/ship是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -419,6 +430,8 @@ msgid "" "on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." msgstr "" +"**my-great-product** = 默认情况下，这是本页所指产品的详细标题 。但你可根据SEO目的自定义其内容。名为“Pain " +"carré”的产品将变成“pain-carre”。根据命名空间，这部分可以是不同对象（博客发帖、网页标题、论坛发帖、论坛评论、产品类别等）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" @@ -460,11 +473,11 @@ msgstr "在上面的例子 :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*公司新闻*是博客的标题" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Odoo故事*是具体博客发帖的标题" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -489,13 +502,13 @@ msgstr "当页面的网址改变(例如，一个你的产品名称的更友好 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果外部网站仍指向就得URL，301重定向将引导访客前往新网站" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 msgid "As an example, this URL:" @@ -507,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将自动重定向到：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" @@ -519,7 +532,7 @@ msgid "" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " "link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " "redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "总之，只要更改博客发帖的标题或产品名称，它将自动应用于网站所有页面。旧的链接仍适用于外部网站的链接，用301重定向可防止丢失SEO链接。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -532,32 +545,34 @@ msgid "" "your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " "equivalent." msgstr "" +"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访客通过非HTTPS " +"URL访问你的网站，将通过301重定向到HTTPS网站。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "链接：Nofollow策略" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网页与外部和优质网站的链接越多，对SEO越有利。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是Odoo管理链接的策略：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你添加到网站的每一个链接都是\"dofollow\"，这意味着，该链接将有助于链接页面的SEO排名。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由贡献者发布的每个链接（论坛发帖、博客评论等）在链接到自己的网站后也是“dofollow”。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -571,15 +586,15 @@ msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可放心使用很多贡献者的Karma。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多语言支持" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多语言URL" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -591,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr "如果在多个语言中运行一个网站，在不同的URL将看到相 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1（主语言，这里为英语）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -608,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "语言诠释" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -617,6 +632,7 @@ msgid "" " <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " "pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" msgstr "" +"为了让搜索引擎知道第二个URL是第一个URL的法语翻译，Odoo将在文件顶端增加HTML链接元素。在主版本的HTML<head>部分，Odoo自动添加可指向其他翻译版本网页的链接元素；" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -634,18 +650,18 @@ msgstr "用这种方法：" msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " "language." -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索引擎将根据访客语言重定向到正确的语言。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " "same content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果页面还没有翻译，也不会被搜索引擎惩罚。实际上，它不是重复的内容，而是同一内容的不同版本。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "语言检测" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -654,12 +670,13 @@ msgid "" "version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" +"当访客首次登陆你的网站（例如，yourwebsite.com/shop），可能根据他们浏览器的语言偏好（例如，yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop）自动重定向到已翻译的版本。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "瑕疵，它会保存当前语言的cookie，以避免重定向。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -673,7 +690,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "页面速度" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" @@ -690,6 +707,9 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" "-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" +"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访客放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" +" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -717,7 +737,7 @@ msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " "for .JPG)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你上传新图片时，Odoo自动压缩以减少大小（PNG和GIF无损压缩，JPG有损压缩）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -758,13 +778,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理、级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。结果：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" @@ -790,6 +810,9 @@ msgid "" "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" +" **预处理 :** Odoo使用的CSS框架是Bootstrap。虽然某个主题可能会使用其他框架，大部分`Odoo 主题 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__延长并直接定制Bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less和Sass，你可以修改CSS" +" 规则，而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖它们，导致文件变得更小。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" @@ -802,6 +825,8 @@ msgid "" "files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " "on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" +" **级联：** " +"你在Odoo中可能使用的每个模块或库都有自己的一套的CSS、Less或Sass文件（电子商务、博客、主题等）。多个CSS文件对于模块化非常有用，但是对性能不太好，因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。对于像.JS和.CSS等小文件，等待传送文件的时间通常比实际的数据传输时间更长。因此，加载CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目而不是实际的文件大小。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -877,6 +902,8 @@ msgid "" "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" +"如果CSS文件非常大，Odoo会把它分成两个较小的文件，避免Internet " +"Explorer对于每个表单最大4095个选择器的限制。当然大多数主题都能满足这个限制。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" @@ -911,16 +938,17 @@ msgid "" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" " visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" +"然后, 一个缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、拼接、再压缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访客只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" +msgstr "静态资源：Javascript" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被拼接、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" @@ -930,12 +958,12 @@ msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包 :" msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站所有页面使用同一个Javascript包（包括视差效果、表单验证等代码。）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于前端和后端共享的通用Javascript代码(Bootstrap)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" @@ -950,6 +978,7 @@ msgid "" "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" +"网站的多数访客只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访客继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -1012,6 +1041,7 @@ msgid "" "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" +"Odoo网站构建器已经优化，以保证简短而干净的HTML代码。构建块已开发，用于制作干净的HTML代码，通常使用bootstrap和HTML编辑器。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" @@ -1043,17 +1073,17 @@ msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " "according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果网站不适合移动设备，则将对其搜索引擎排名产生负面影响。所有Odoo主题依靠Bootstrap提供适合台式机、平板电脑或手机的高效渲染。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于所有Odoo模块共享相同的技术，你的网站所有页面都绝对适合移动设备。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "浏览器缓存" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" @@ -1094,11 +1124,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里总结了Odoo网站和电子商务可扩展性的概览。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索引擎文件" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Sitemap" @@ -1110,6 +1140,7 @@ msgid "" "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" +"网站地图向搜索引擎机器人指出索引的页面。Odoo将自动生成``/sitemap.xml``文件。基于性能原因，该文件被缓存，并将每12小时更新一次。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 msgid "" @@ -1136,7 +1167,7 @@ msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "``<lastmod>``：资源的最后修改日期，基于相关对象自动计算。一页关联一个产品，这可能是该产品或页面的最后修改日期。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 msgid "" @@ -1145,6 +1176,7 @@ msgid "" " of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" +"``<priority>``：模块可以基于自己的内容有优先级算法（例如：一个论坛可能基于投票的数量分配优先权）。静态页面的优先级是由它的优先级字段定义的，呈常规化（16是默认值）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 msgid "Structured Data Markup" @@ -1157,6 +1189,8 @@ msgid "" "engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" "presented search results." msgstr "" +"结构化数据标记是用来在搜索引擎结果中生成Rich " +"Snippets的。这是网站所有者用于将结构化数据发送给搜索引擎机器人的途径；帮助它们了解你的内容，并产生良好的搜索结果。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 msgid "" @@ -1184,17 +1218,18 @@ msgid "" "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" +"在编制网站索引时，搜索引擎首先查看``/robots.txt``文件的一般索引规则（允许的机器人、网站地图路径等）。Odoo自动创建该文件。其内容是：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户代理：\\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这意味着所有的机器人都可对你的网站进行索引，除以下地址的网站地图中规定的索引规则外，没有其他索引规则。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 msgid "" @@ -1383,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" msgid "" "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " "such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直到最近，Odoo用户还需要使用第三方CDN服务提供商，如Cloud Flare来启用SSL。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1393,16 +1428,18 @@ msgid "" "get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " "certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." msgstr "" +"但现在已经不需要了：Odoo通过集成`Let's Encrypt认证机构和ACME协议 <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-" +"works/>`__，为你自动生成证书。如要获取该证书，只需在你的客户门户添加域名（为指定的每个域名生成单独的证书）。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你已经使用CloudFlare或类似服务，你可继续使用或更换到Odoo。一切由你决定。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的网站被谷歌索引了两次" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -1410,6 +1447,7 @@ msgid "" " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " "Odoo cloud platforms/" msgstr "" +"如果你为*mydatabase.odoo.com*设置了自定义域名*mydomain.com*，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" @@ -1417,14 +1455,14 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理多网站" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " "customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " "revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的多网站功能为你的公司提供了多元化和客户细分的广泛可能性。只需点击几次，即可收获成倍的受众和更多收入！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1432,6 +1470,7 @@ msgid "" "domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," " slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" msgstr "" +"每个网站都可以完全独立的方式运行，体现在其主题、品牌、域名、页眉和页脚、页面、语言、产品、博客帖子、论坛、幻灯片、活动、实时聊天渠道等方面。我们来实际了解一下吧！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "Setup" @@ -1450,19 +1489,21 @@ msgid "" " of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " "visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" +"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域名下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " +"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访客重定向。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " "purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " "theme!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，选择一个主题。新网站可能与第一个网站的目的和受众完全不同。所以请自由选择不同的主题！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " "website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在选择主题后，你可以开始构建网站主页。跟随紫色水滴，它们会引导你开始。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1473,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建菜单" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1484,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从一个网站切换到另一个" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1492,7 +1533,7 @@ msgid "" "bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " "website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" " sign in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "超级简单！编辑栏右侧有一个网站切换器。切换到另一个网站将连接到此网站的域。如果你在该网站使用另一个域，则需要用户登录。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1510,43 +1551,43 @@ msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " "removing the menu item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你安装的网站应用程序（如幻灯片、博客）可用于你的所有网站。当然，你可以通过删除菜单项，在某个网站中将它们隐藏。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个网站在设置中都有大量的特定选项。首先，选择要配置的网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，查看标有地球图标的选项。这意味着它们只会影响你正在开发的网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你可以设置特定的：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "languages," -msgstr "" +msgstr "语言，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" +msgstr "域名，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" +msgstr "社交媒体链接，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户门户模式（B2C或B2B），" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" +msgstr "专门的在线客服渠道，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "etc." @@ -1554,11 +1595,11 @@ msgstr "等等" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他为全局选项，适用于所有网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理域名" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1582,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义访客体验" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -1592,10 +1633,11 @@ msgid "" "audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" +"通过\\*定制\\*菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按网站发布具体内容" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -1604,12 +1646,14 @@ msgid "" "that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" +"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） " +"均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将*网站*字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是你可以链接到*一个或所有网站*的所有对象：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 msgid "Products" @@ -1617,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "租赁产品" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务的产品类别" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Blogs" @@ -1625,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "博客" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "幻灯片频道" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Forums" @@ -1643,11 +1687,11 @@ msgstr "工作岗位" msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你从后端创建记录并发布时（通常是产品或活动），它在所有网站上均可用。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在所有网站发表某个页面" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -1660,20 +1704,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你只需将它复制到另外一个网站，请复制页面并设置新网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再次编辑页面时，更改只影响当前网站。新页面被复制并绑定到网站上。原页面仍链接到所有网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过页面管理器按URL对页面进行分组，你可以快速找到每个编辑页面后面的原始页面。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 msgid "Multi-companies" @@ -1683,13 +1727,13 @@ msgstr "多公司" msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多公司环境中，每个网站都可以链接到你系统中的特定公司。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用这项配置，只有与公司相关的数据出现在网站上（产品、工作、活动等）。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -1697,46 +1741,46 @@ msgid "" "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " "their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " "visitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访客也是如此。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果网站是多公司，你在切换网站时无法切换公司。如要切换公司并查看相关内容，需使用菜单中的公司选择器。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置你的电子商务网站" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务是多网站环境中的一项关键功能。在我们的网站上，这项功能可定制，以适应每个网站的受众。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品仅在一个网站可用" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们之前已经了解了如何仅在一个网站发布特定记录。你可使用产品编辑表单电子商务选项卡的\\*网站\\*字段。留空意味着在所有网站均可用。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品在*部分*网站可用" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使产品在部分而不是所有网站可用，你应为每个网站复制产品。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -1746,6 +1790,7 @@ msgid "" " in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" +"如果你需要一个唯一引用来管理库存，你应安装*制造*应用程序并创建*工具包*物料清单。每个工具包将每个发布的“虚拟”产品链接到库存中管理的主要引用。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交付订单中转换为存储的项目。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 msgid "Pricelists" @@ -1755,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "价格表" msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要按网站管理特定价格，你可在网站设置中启用*每款产品的多个销售价格*。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -1768,18 +1813,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需帮助。选择一个网站，创建仅用于此网站的价格表。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择了*可选择*，字段留空则意味着它适用于所有网站。否则，它只能用于销售和POS应用程序的后端操作。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款收单机构和交付方式" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -1788,10 +1833,12 @@ msgid "" "using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交付方法。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo " +"IP确定每个国家使用的具体支付收单机构。你也可填写*网站*字段，对每个网站进行设置。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户账户" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -1801,42 +1848,43 @@ msgid "" "option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " "the visitor mind." msgstr "" +"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访客留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于自定义的技术提示" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想在网站上发布自定义对象，以下几条提示将有助于它在多网站中运行：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站地图：不要忘记仅发布路由中的域" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只发布可用记录的路由中的域。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问：应在控制器中调用方法*can_access_from_current_website*，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以确保访客可在当前网站中看到记录。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索：当显示记录列表时，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不要忘记指定域只显示当前网站可用的记录。" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website"